Ec PDF

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
QR TYPE 1 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor F
Mode ........................................................................64
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 11
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
G
MODIFICATION NOTICE ...................................11 VALUE ............................................................... 67
Major Modification Item ........................................... 11 Description ...............................................................67
Testing Condition .....................................................67
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................12 Inspection Procedure ...............................................67 H
How to Check Vehicle Type .................................... 12 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................68
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................13 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Alphabetical Index ................................................... 13 I
INCIDENT .......................................................... 70
DTC No. Index ........................................................ 14
Description ...............................................................70
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................17 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................70
J
Schematic ............................................................... 17 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 71
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 18
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................71
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......19 Component Inspection .............................................74 K
Introduction ............................................................. 19 Ground Inspection ...................................................75
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 19 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................. 20 L
LINE ................................................................... 76
OBD System Operation Chart ................................. 28
Description ...............................................................76
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ........................33 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................76
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................76 M
Basic Inspection ...................................................... 33
Procedure After Replacing ECM ............................. 36
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ............... 77
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................... 37
Description ...............................................................77 N
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................38 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................77
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 38 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................77
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 41
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................... 78 O
Fail-Safe Chart ........................................................ 42
Description ...............................................................78
Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 43
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................78
Engine Control Component Parts Location ............. 47
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................78 P
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 51
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 54 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ............... 80
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................... 54 Description ...............................................................80
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................... 60 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................80
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................80
Mode ....................................................................... 62
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ............... 81
Revision: 2007 November EC-1 E25

Description .............................................................. 81 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 99
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 81
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 81 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION ........................................................ 101
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................... 82 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 101
Component Description .......................................... 82 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 101
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 82 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ..................... 103
Component Description ........................................ 103
DTC P0107, P0108 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 103
SENSOR ............................................................ 84 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 103
Component Description .......................................... 84
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 84 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 84 MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ........ 104
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 104
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ..................... 85 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 104
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 85 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..................................... 106
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 85 Component Description ........................................ 106
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................... 86 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 106
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 86 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .................... 107
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ...................... 88 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 107
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 88 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .............. 108
DTC P0132 HO2S1 ............................................ 89 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 108
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 89 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 89 TION .................................................................. 109
Component Description .......................................... 91 Overall Function Check ......................................... 110
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 91 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-
Overall Function Check .......................................... 92 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............... 111
Description ............................................................ 111
DTC P0134 HO2S1 ............................................ 93 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 111
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 93 DTC P0500 VSS ............................................... 113
Overall Function Check .......................................... 94 Description ............................................................ 113
Component Description .......................................... 95 Overall Function Check ......................................... 114
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 95 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ............................... 115
Component Description ........................................ 115
DTC P0139 HO2S2 ............................................ 96 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 115
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 96 DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 116
Overall Function Check .......................................... 97 Component Description ........................................ 116
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 116
FUNCTION ......................................................... 99
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ................ 118

Component Description ......................................... 118 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ................................ 137
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 118 Component Description ......................................... 137 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 118 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 137
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 137
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE .............................................................. 119 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ................................ 138 EC
Component Description ......................................... 119 Component Description ......................................... 138
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 119 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 138
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 119 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 138 C
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 139
TROL ACTUATOR ........................................... 120 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 139 D
Component Description ......................................... 120 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 139
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 120 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .............................. 140
Component Description ......................................... 140 E
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 140
TROL FUNCTION ............................................. 122 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 140
Description ............................................................ 122 Overall Function Check ......................................... 140 F
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ......................... 142
Description ............................................................. 142
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 142 G
MOTOR RELAY ............................................... 123 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 142
Component Description ......................................... 123
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ................. 143 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 143
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .. 124 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 143
I
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ................. 144
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 144 J
DTC P1143 HO2S1 .......................................... 125 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 144
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................ 145
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 125 K
Overall Function Check ......................................... 126
DTC P1144 HO2S1 .......................................... 127 L
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ............................. 146
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 127 M
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
DTC P1146 HO2S2 .......................................... 129
(SDS) ............................................................... 147 N
Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 147
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 147
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 147
Overall Function Check ......................................... 130 O
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 147
DTC P1147 HO2S2 .......................................... 132 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 147
Component Description ......................................... 132 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 147
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 132 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 147 P
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 132 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .......................... 148
Overall Function Check ......................................... 133 Throttle Control Motor ............................................ 148
Fuel Injector ........................................................... 148
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 135 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 148
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 135 QR TYPE 2
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ............................ 136 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 149

MODIFICATION NOTICE ................................ 149 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION .............. 201
Major Modification Item .........................................149 Description ............................................................ 201
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 150 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 201
How to Check Vehicle Type ..................................150
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL .............................. 202
INDEX FOR DTC ............................................. 151 Description ............................................................ 202
Alphabetical Index .................................................151 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 202
DTC No. Index .......................................................152 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 203
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 154
Schematic ..............................................................154 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 205
Vacuum Hose Drawing ..........................................155 Component Description ........................................ 205
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 156
Introduction ............................................................156
Two Trip Detection Logic .......................................156 DTC P0107, P0108 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ...............156 SENSOR ........................................................... 207
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 159 Component Description ........................................ 207
Basic Inspection ....................................................159
Procedure After Replacing ECM ...........................162
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................163 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................... 208
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 164 Component Description ........................................ 208
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ..............................164
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................167
Fail-Safe Chart ......................................................168 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..................... 210
Symptom Matrix Chart ...........................................169 Component Description ........................................ 210
Engine Control Component Parts Location ...........173 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 210
Wiring Diagram ......................................................177 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 210
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............180
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .....................180 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ........................................... 211
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ........................................ 211
Mode ......................................................................186 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 211
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 211
Mode ......................................................................188
DTC P0134 HO2S1 ........................................... 213
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION Component Description ........................................ 213
VALUE ............................................................. 191 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 213
Description .............................................................191 Overall Function Check ......................................... 213
Testing Condition ...................................................191
Inspection Procedure .............................................191 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ..................... 215
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................192 Component Description ........................................ 215
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 215
INCIDENT ........................................................ 194
Description .............................................................194 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..................................... 216
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................194 Component Description ........................................ 216
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 195 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 216
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................195
Component Inspection ...........................................198 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .................... 217
Ground Inspection .................................................199 Component Description ........................................ 217
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 217
LINE ................................................................. 200
Description .............................................................200
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .............. 218
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................200 Component Description ........................................ 218
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................200 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 218

DTC P0500 VSS ............................................... 220 Component Description ......................................... 236
Description ............................................................ 220 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 236 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 220 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 236
Overall Function Check ......................................... 221 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 237
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 237 EC
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ............................... 222 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 237
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 222 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .............................. 238 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 222 Component Description ......................................... 238
DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 223 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 238
D
Component Description ......................................... 223 Overall Function Check ......................................... 238
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 223 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ......................... 240
Description ............................................................. 240 E
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ................ 225 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 240
Component Description ......................................... 225 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 240
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 225 F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 225 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ................. 241
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 241
VALVE .............................................................. 226 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 241 G
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ................. 243
H
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 243
TROL ACTUATOR ........................................... 227
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................ 244 I
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 244 J
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ............................. 245
TROL FUNCTION ............................................. 229 Component Description ......................................... 245
Description ............................................................ 229 K
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS L
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL
(SDS) ............................................................... 247
MOTOR RELAY ............................................... 230 Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 247
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 247
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 230 M
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 247
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 247
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .. 232 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 247
Component Description ......................................... 232 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 247 N
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 232 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ........................... 247
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 232 Throttle Control Motor ............................................ 247
Fuel Injector ........................................................... 248 O
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 233 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 248
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 233 ZD30 WITHOUT COMMON RAIL
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 249 P
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ............................ 234
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ................................. 235 MODIFICATION NOTICE ................................ 249

Component Description ......................................... 235 Major Modification Item ......................................... 249
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 235 INDEX FOR DTC ............................................. 250
Alphabetical Index ................................................. 250
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ................................. 236 DTC No. Index ....................................................... 251

PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 253 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 302
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- DTC 0401 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SIONER" ................................................................253 SENSOR ........................................................... 303
Precaution .............................................................253 Component Description ........................................ 303
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 257 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 303
System Diagram ....................................................257 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 304
Vacuum Hose Drawing ..........................................259
DTC 0402 P9.FUEL TEMP SEN ....................... 305
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 260 Description ............................................................ 305
DTC and MIL Detection Logic ...............................260 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 305
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............................260 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 305
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 306
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 261
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ..............................261 DTC 0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR .................... 307
Basic Inspection ....................................................264 Description ............................................................ 307
Symptom Matrix Chart ...........................................267 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 307
Engine Control Component Parts Location ...........273 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 307
Circuit Diagram ......................................................278 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 308
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............279
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .....................279 DTC 0406 INT AIR VOL ................................... 312
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 312
Mode ......................................................................283 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 312
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT DTC 0407 CRANK POS SEN (TDC) ................ 313
INCIDENT ........................................................ 286 Description ............................................................ 313
Description .............................................................286 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 313
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................286 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 313
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 314
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ........... 287
Wiring Diagram ......................................................287 DTC 0701 P1.CAM POS SEN .......................... 315
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................290 Description ............................................................ 315
Component Inspection ...........................................293 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 315
DTC 0103 COOLANT TEMP SEN ................... 294 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 316
Description .............................................................294
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................294 DTC 0702 P2.TDC PULSE SIG ........................ 317
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................294 Description ............................................................ 317
Wiring Diagram ......................................................295 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 317
DTC 0104 VEHICLE SPEED SEN ................... 296 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 318
Description .............................................................296
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................296 DTC 0703 P3.PUMP COMM LINE ................... 319
Overall Function Check .........................................296 Description ............................................................ 319
Wiring Diagram ......................................................297 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 319
DTC 0203 ACCEL POS SW (F/C) ................... 298 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 320
Description .............................................................298
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................298 DTC 0704 P4.SPILL/V CIRC, DTC 0706
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................298 P6.SPILL VALVE .............................................. 321
Wiring Diagram ......................................................299 Description ............................................................ 321
DTC 0208 OVERHEAT .................................... 300 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 321
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................300 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 322
Overall Function Check .........................................300
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................300 DTC 0705 P5.PUMP C/MODULE ..................... 323
Description ............................................................ 323
DTC 0301 ECM 2 ............................................. 302 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 323
Description .............................................................302 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 323
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................302

DTC 0707 P7.F/INJ TIMG FB ........................... 324 MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ................ 344
Description ............................................................ 324 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 344 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 324 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 325 (SDS) ............................................................... 346
EC
General Specification ............................................ 346
DTC 0802 ECM 10 ............................................ 326 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 346
Description ............................................................ 326 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 346
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 326 Crankshaft Position Sensor (TDC) ........................ 346 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 326 Glow Plug .............................................................. 346
EGR Volume Control Valve ................................... 346
DTC 0804 ECM 11 ............................................ 327
ZD30 WITH COMMON RAIL D
Description ............................................................ 327
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 327 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 347
MODIFICATION NOTICE ................................ 347 E
DTC 0902 ECM RLY ........................................ 328 Major Modification Item ......................................... 347
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 328 INDEX FOR DTC ............................................. 348 F
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 329 DTC No. Index ....................................................... 348
DTC 0903 ECM 15 ............................................ 330 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 351
Description ............................................................ 330 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and G
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 330 A/T ......................................................................... 351
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 330 Precaution ............................................................. 351
H
DTC 0905 TURBO PRESSURE ....................... 331 PREPARATION ............................................... 354
Component Description ......................................... 331 Special Service Tool .............................................. 354
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 331 Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 354
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 331 I
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 332 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 355
System Diagram .................................................... 355
DTC 1004 FUEL CUT SYSTEM1 ..................... 333 Vacuum Hose Drawing .......................................... 356 J
Description ............................................................ 333
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 333 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 358
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 333 Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 358
K
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 334
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 359
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 335 Introduction ............................................................ 359
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 335 Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detec- L
tion Logic ............................................................... 359
START SIGNAL ............................................... 337 Emission-related Diagnostic Information ............... 359
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 337 OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 364
M
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH.. 338 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................. 367
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 338 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction .............................. 367
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 370 N
BRAKE SWITCH .............................................. 339 Basic Inspection .................................................... 372
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 339 Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 375
HEAT UP SWITCH ........................................... 340 Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 379
O
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 383
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 340
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............ 386
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................... 386
SOLENOID VALVE .......................................... 341 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 392 P
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 341 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 394
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE .................. 342
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 342 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT ........................................................ 397
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL ....................... 343 Description ............................................................. 397
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 343 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 397

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 398 Description ............................................................ 414
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................398 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 414
Ground Inspection .................................................400 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 414
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSI-
LINE ................................................................. 401 TION SENSOR ................................................. 415
Description .............................................................401 Description ............................................................ 415
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................401 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 415
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................401 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 415
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ............. 402 DTC P0190 FRP SENSOR ............................... 416
DTC P0008 CKP SENSOR .............................. 403 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 417
Description .............................................................403 Component Description ........................................ 417
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ....... 404 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 418
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................404 Overall Function Check ......................................... 418
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 419
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLE-
NOID VALVE ................................................... 405 DTC P0220 APP SENSOR ............................... 421
DTC P0087 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 406 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM .................................. 422
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................406 Description ............................................................ 422
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 407
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................407 DTC P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR .................... 424
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................407 Component Description ........................................ 424
DTC P0090 FUEL PUMP ................................. 408 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 424
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................408
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................408 DTC P0262, P0265, P0268, P0271 FUEL IN-
JECTOR ............................................................ 425
DTC P0091, P0092 FUEL PUMP .................... 409 Component Description ........................................ 425
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 410 DTC P0299 TC SYSTEM .................................. 426
Overall Function Check .........................................410 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 426
DTC P0100 MAF SENSOR .............................. 412
Component Description .........................................412 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ............................... 428
DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR .......................................................... 413 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .............................. 429
Component Description .........................................413 Description ............................................................ 429
DTC P0115 ECT SENSOR .............................. 414 DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY .............................. 430

On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 430 DTC P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 447
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 430 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 447 A
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION ........................... 431
Description ............................................................ 431 DTC P0660 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CON-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 432 EC
TROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 448
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 432 Description ............................................................. 448
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION ........................... 433 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 449 C
Description ............................................................ 433
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 434 DTC P0661, P0662 SWIRL CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 434 VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ......... 450 D
Description ............................................................. 450
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL
VALVE .............................................................. 435 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 451
Description ............................................................ 435 E
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 435 DTC P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 452
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 452 F
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL
VALVE .............................................................. 436 DTC P1089 FUEL PUMP ................................ 453
Description ............................................................ 436 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 453
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 437 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 453 G
DTC P1090 FUEL PUMP ................................ 454
DTC P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 454 H
VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR ......... 438 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 454
Description ............................................................ 438
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 439 DTC P1276, P1277 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 455
Component Description ......................................... 455 I
DTC P0500 VSS ............................................... 440 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 455
Description ............................................................ 440 J
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 440 DTC P1409 EGR FUNCTION .......................... 456
Overall Function Check ......................................... 440 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 457
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 457 K
DTC P0606 ECM .............................................. 442
Description ............................................................ 442 DTC P1603 ECM ............................................. 458
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 442 Description ............................................................. 458 L
DTC P0607 ECM .............................................. 443
DTC P1625 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- M
Description ............................................................ 443
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 443 UE .................................................................... 459
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 459 N
DTC P0611 ECM .............................................. 444 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 459
Description ............................................................ 444
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 444 DTC P2100 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR . 460
O
DTC P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 460
TROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION ....................... 445 P
Component Description ......................................... 445 DTC P2101 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR . 461
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 445 Component Description ......................................... 461
DTC P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ......... 446
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 446 DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR . 462

DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- DTC P2620 TP SENSOR .................................. 467
TROL ACTUATOR .......................................... 463 Component Description ........................................ 467
Component Description .........................................463 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 467
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................463 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 467
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................463
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR .............................. 464 (SDS) ................................................................ 468
Description .............................................................464 General Specification ............................................ 468
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................464 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 468
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................464 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 468
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 468
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .................................... 468
SUPPLY ........................................................... 465 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 468
Component Description .........................................465 Glow Plug .............................................................. 469
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................465 EGR Volume Control Valve Motor ........................ 469
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................465 Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................. 469
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 469
DTC P2226 BARO SENSOR ........................... 466
Description .............................................................466

MODIFICATION NOTICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR TYPE 1]
SERVICE INFORMATION A
MODIFICATION NOTICE
Major Modification Item INFOID:0000000003397203
EC
• The KA24DE engine has been replaced by the QR25DE engine.
C

APPLICATION NOTICE
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003397204
Check the vehicle type to confirm the service information in EC section.
Vehicle type Service information

Models with OBD for Mexico and Hong Kong QR25DE engine TYPE1
Except above models QR25DE engine TYPE2

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
A
Alphabetical Index INFOID:0000000003397205
NOTE: EC
• If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-76.
• If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
EC-77. C
DTC*1
Items MIL lighting D
CONSULT-III Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) up
ECM*3
GST*2
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 0107 2 × EC-84
E
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-143
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-143 F
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-144
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-144
G
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-146
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 2 — EC-142
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*5 2 — EC-76 H
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 2 — EC-76
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 2 — EC-77
I
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-107
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-108
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 — EC-137 J
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 2 — EC-138
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 2 × EC-104
K
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 2 × EC-104
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 2 × EC-104
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 2 × EC-104 L
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-116
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 2 × EC-118
M
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 1 × EC-86
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 1 × EC-86
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-135 N
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-120
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-122
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-124 O
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-123
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-123
P
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 2 × EC-99
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 2 × EC-101
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-89
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 2 × EC-91
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-93
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 2 × EC-125

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items MIL lighting
2 ECM*3
GST*
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 2 × EC-127
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 2 × EC-80
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 2 × EC-80
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 × EC-95
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 2 × EC-96
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 2 × EC-129
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 2 × EC-132
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 2 × EC-81
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 2 × EC-81
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 2 × EC-85
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 2 × EC-85
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 — EC-78
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-119
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-106
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 1 × EC-82
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 2 × EC-104
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 — Flashing*4 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-140
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 2 × EC-111
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 2 — EC-115
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-139
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 × EC-103
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 × EC-103
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-88
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-88
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-145
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 2 × EC-109
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 P0500 0500 2 × EC-113

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running, MIL may flash.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000003397206
NOTE:

INDEX FOR DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-76. A
EC-77.
EC
DTC*1
Items MIL lighting
2 ECM*3
GST* C
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING — Flashing*4 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
D
U1000 1000*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-76

E
U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) 2 — EC-77
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED. F
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 — EC-78
P0031 0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-80
G
P0032 0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-80
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-81
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-81 H
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-82
I
P0107 0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-84
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-85 J
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-85
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 × EC-86
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 × EC-86
K
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-88

P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-88 L
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-89
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-91
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-93 M
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-95
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-96
N
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 × EC-99
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 2 × EC-101
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-103 O
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-103
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 2 × EC-104
P
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE 2 × EC-104
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE 2 × EC-104
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE 2 × EC-104
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE 2 × EC-104
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-106

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items MIL lighting
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-107
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-108
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 × EC-109
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-111
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 2 × EC-113
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC 2 — EC-115
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × or — EC-116
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-118
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 × EC-119
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 × EC-120
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC 1 × EC-122
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-123
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-123
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 × EC-124
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-125
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-127
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-129
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-132
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-135
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING 2 — EC-137
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 × EC-139
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-140
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 2 — EC-142
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-143
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-143
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-144
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-144
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 × EC-145
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-146

A
Schematic INFOID:0000000003397207
EC
P
PBIB3688E

Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000003397208
PBIB3690E
Refer to EC-17, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Introduction INFOID:0000000003397209
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua- EC
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard

C
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-5 D
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
E
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. F
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
G
CONSULT-III × × × × × —
GST × × × — × ×
ECM × ×* — — — — H
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-42.) I
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003397210
J
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd K
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. L
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
Items
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip M
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst N

damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst O
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses
— × — — × — — — P
(Refer to EC-13)
Except above — — — × — × × —
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
trouble on engine control system.

Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003397211
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
DTC*1 Test Valve/

Items
CONSULT-III SRT code Test Limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 — — × EC-76
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — — × EC-76

CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 — — × EC-77
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — — × EC-78
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 × × × EC-80
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 × × × EC-80
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 × × × EC-81
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 × × × EC-81
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 — — — EC-82
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 — — — EC-82
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 — — × EC-85
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 0107 — — × EC-84
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 0108 — — × EC-84
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 — — × EC-85
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — — — EC-86
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — — — EC-86
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 — — — EC-88
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 — — — EC-88
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 — × × EC-89
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 × × × EC-91
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 — × × EC-93
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 — × × EC-95
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × × × EC-96
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — — × EC-99
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — — × EC-101
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 — — — EC-103
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 — — — EC-103
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — — × EC-104
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — — × EC-104
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — — × EC-104

DTC*1 Test Valve/

Items A
CONSULT-III SRT code Test Limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — — × EC-104 EC
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — — × EC-104
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — — × EC-106
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — — × EC-106 C
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — — × EC-107
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — — × EC-108
D
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × × × EC-109
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — — × EC-111
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 P0500 0500 — — × EC-113 E

PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 — — × EC-115
ECM P0605 0605 — — × or — EC-116
F
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 — — × EC-118
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 — — × EC-119
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 — — — EC-120 G
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 — — — EC-122
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 — — — EC-123
H
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 — — — EC-123
ETC MOT P1128 1128 — — — EC-124
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 × × × EC-125 I
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 × × × EC-127
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 × × × EC-129
J
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 × × × EC-132
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — — — EC-135
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 — — × EC-137 K
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 — — × EC-138
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 — — — EC-139
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 — — × EC-140
L
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — — × EC-142

APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — — — EC-143
M
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — — — EC-143
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — — — EC-144
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — — — EC-144 N
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 — — — EC-145
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — — — EC-146
O
P
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.

If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "How to Erase
Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "Emission-related Diagnostic Information
Items". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addi-
tion, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the
MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-38. Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure
or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires
repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1217, P1706, etc.
This DTC is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0102, 0340 etc.
This DTC is controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items A
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items EC
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated C
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st D
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
E
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "How to Erase Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
F
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com- G
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. H
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's I
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- J
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. K
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and L
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. M
SRT item
Performance
(CONSULT-III in- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No. N
Priority*
dication)
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133 O
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139 P
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038

*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.
SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

EC
L
SEF573XB
*1 "How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC" *2 "How to Display SRT Code" *3 "How to Set SRT Code" M
How to Display SRT Code

WITH CONSULT-III
N
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose
SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for SRT code is shown at right. O
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. “CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is
complete and SRT is set.
WITH GST P
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on "SRT Item".

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
Driving Pattern
PBIB2451E
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.

Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est. A
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. C
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1: D
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 72 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 72 and ground is lower than 1.4V). E
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. F
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. G
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5.
H
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis- I
played on the GST screen.
Test value J
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. K
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
P0420 02H 81H Min.
P0133 09H 04H Max.
P1143 0AH 84H Min.
L
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max.

P0132 0CH 04H Max.
M
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max.
P0139 19H 86H Min.
P1147 1AH 86H Min. N
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 1BH 06H Max.
P0138 1CH 06H Max.
O
P0032 29H 08H Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0031 2AH 88H Min.
HO2S HEATER
P0038 2DH 0AH Max. P
P0037 2EH 8AH Min.
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III

The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individu-
ally from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
4. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
2. Perform "How to Erase DTC". (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.)
3. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
2. Perform "How to Erase DTC". (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal.
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
- Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000003397212
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-19, "Two Trip Detection Logic".
• The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)

Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
A
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
EC
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”".
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUAL-
ITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”".
C
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
D
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
E
SEF392S

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-

TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to
70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

EC
L
SEF393SD
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. O
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip P
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETE-
RIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

<Driving Pattern A>
AEC574
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000003397213
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N
>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. P

2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. .
700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
PerformThrottle Valve Closed Position Learning.
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer toIdle Air Volume Learning.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Without CONSULT-III
2. Check idle speed.

700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. EC
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. C
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-107.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
Refer to EC-108. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. E
2. GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION F
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
G
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
H
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
- Timing indicator (1)
I
15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
J
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
K
BBIA0898E
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING L

1. Stop engine.
M
>> GO TO 12.
N
Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
>> GO TO 13. O
Refer to Idle Air Volume Learning.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? P
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-III

Without CONSULT-III

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16.
BBIA0898E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-51.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
Check the following.
Refer to EC-107.
Refer to EC-108.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
>> GO TO 4.
Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000003397214
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.

2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.

3. Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
A
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000003397215
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

EC
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel C
pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models do not have fuel return system.
• Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains sealability. D
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 (A) and Fuel Pressure Adapter J-44321-6 (B) to check fuel pres-
sure.
E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000003397216
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW".
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on "Worksheet Sample" should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
PBIB1043E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system can- M
SULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], perform EC-70. not be performed, check main power
form EC-70. supply and ground circuit. Refer to
EC-71.
N
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de- *5 EC-20 *6 EC-67
tected, perform EC-70.
Description for Work Flow O
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the DI- P
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET".
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-20.) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-70.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-43.)
Also check related service bulletins for information.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-70.
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-33.)Then perform inspections ac-
cording to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-43.)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-III set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode.
STEP VI
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-
III. Refer to EC-54, EC-62.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-70.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-20, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" andEC-20,
"Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
L
MTBL0017
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003397217 M
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE: N
• If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-76.
• If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010 . Refer O
to EC-77.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 • U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
• U1010 CAN communication
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0107 P010 Manifold absolute pressure sensor
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0605 ECM
• P1229 Sensor power supply
• P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 • P0031 P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
• P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
• P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P1065 ECM power supply
• P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P1122 Electric throttle control function
• P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
• P1128 Throttle control mother
• P1805 Brake switch
3 • P0011 Intake valve timing control
• P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
• P0300 - P0304 Misfire
• P0420 Three way catalyst function
• P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000003397218
When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0108 sensor circuit
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0221 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0222 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
P1121 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. EC
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
C
(ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or D
more.
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
function opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. E
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
P1126 opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed F
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. G
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition. H
trouble on engine control system. I
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function. J
K
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000003397219
L
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 3 3
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM A

EC



C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock G
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
H
Low octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor —electric throt-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Electric throttle control actuator
Air leakage from intake manifold/Col-
lector/Gasket
K
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit
Starter circuit 3 L
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6
PNP switch 4
M
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block N
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 O
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft P
Valve Timing chain
mechanism
Camshaft
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gas-
ket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/
Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5
Water pump
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5
Water gallery
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
coolant

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003397220
EC
PBIB3691E
J
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake tem- 2. EVAP canister 3. ECM
perature sensor)
4. EVAP canister purge volume control 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Ignition coil (with power transistor) K
solenoid valve valve and spark plug
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. Fuel injector
10. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 11. Knock sensor 12. Electric throttle control actuator (with L
throttle position sensor, throttle con-
trol motor)
P
PBIB3664E
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. EVAP canister 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
temperature sensor)
4. Engine coolant temperature sensor
Front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB3665E
1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid

valve
Front
PBIB3666E
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Refrigerant

Front
PBIB3667E
1. Condenser 2. PCV valve 3. Ignition coil

4. Knock sensor
Front
PBIB3668E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. ECM A

harness connector
Front
EC
E
PBIB3669E
1. Fuel injector 2. EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve F
Front
J
PBIB3670E
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pump fuse (15A)
harness connector K
Front
PBIB3671E O
1. Fuel pump relay 2. Throttle control motor relay

Front P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB3672E
1. Date link connector 2. Heated oxygen sensor1 harness 3. Heated oxygen sensor1
connector
4. Three way catalyst (Manifold) 5. Heated oxygen sensor2 6. Heated oxygen sensor2 harness
connector
Front
PBIB3673E
1. Stop lamp switch 2. Accelerant pedal position sensor 3. Clutch switch

Front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000003397221
EC
TBWT1942E
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TBWT1943E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
TBWT1944E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000003397222
MBIB0045E
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000003397223
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
PBIB3687E
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
• Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
PBIB1512E
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI- A
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground EC
• Idle speed
Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol- C
lowing conditions are met
- Warm-up condition
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute D
2 P/B
heater under no load
PBIB0519E
[Ignition switch: ON] E

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
F
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
G
[Ignition switch: ON]
Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
4 B
(Close) • Shift lever:1st H
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB1104E
I
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch: ON] J

5 W
(Open) • Shift lever: 1st
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
K
PBIB1105E
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned L
12 W
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
1.0 - 4.0V
M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed N
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
O
Camshaft position sensor PBIB0525E
13 W
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
P
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB0526E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
Crankshaft position PBIB0527E

14 Y
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met
16 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
EVAP canister purge vol-

19 R/W PBIB0050E
ume control solenoid valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
idle
22 R/Y Fuel injector No. 3
23 R/B Fuel injector No. 1 PBIB0529E D
41 R/L Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 R/W Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
F
PBIB0530E
G
Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running] H
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
24 P/B
heater
I
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (11 - 14V)
J
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature sen-
34 BR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sor
air temperature.
K
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 W Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
Sensor power supply L
45 GR (Absolute pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply M
46 B/Y (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply N
47 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36V O
• Shift lever: 1st
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
• Idle speed
50 W Mass air flow sensor
0.9 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
[Engine is running]
(Check for liner voltage rise in re-
sponse to engine being in-
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 rpm
creased to about 4,000 rpm.)
0.52 - 4.6V
51 L/R Absolute pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with ambi-
ent barometric pressure.
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
56 L/G (Absolute pressure sen- • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) • Idle speed
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
60 L/R Ignition signal No. 3
61 Y/R Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E
79 GY Ignition signal No. 4

0 - 0.5V
80 G/R Ignition signal No. 2
[Engine is running]
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 W/R
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
PBIB1790E
Sensor power supply

65 L (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
• Engine stopped EC
Less than 4.75V
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
• Engine stopped
C
More than 0.36V
[Engine is running] D
Refrigerant pressure sen- • Warm-up condition
69 W 1.0 - 4.0V
sor • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
E
Engine coolant tempera-
72 Y/B [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
ture sensor
coolant temperature.
F
73 B/W (Engine coolant tempera- • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ture sensor) • Idle speed
[Engine is running] G
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor)
• Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running] H
82 B/W (Accelerator pedal position • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 1) • Idle speed
I
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
85 L/G DATA link connector J
• CONSULT-III or GST is disconnected (11 - 14V)
86 R CAN communication line — —
Sensor power supply
90 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
K
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V L
sensor 2)
94 W CAN communication line — —
[Ignition switch: ON] M
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.5V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 B/W
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON] N
[Ignition switch: OFF] O
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 G/Y Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
P
Approximately 0V
• Shift lever: Neutral
102 G/W PNP switch
• Except above position (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
106 R/G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 W/L Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 W/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch OFF
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
113 P/B Fuel pump relay
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
116 B • Idle speed
119 W/L BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 W/L (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 R/W [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function INFOID:0000000003397224
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function

This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an-
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-20, "Emission-related Diagnostic In-
formation".

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic test mode Function
A
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes: EC
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
C
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and 7)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of D
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal E
driving conditions.
Service $08 — This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)

This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor- F
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector, which is located under
driver side dash panel near the fuse box cover.
H
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3684E
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in K

the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.) L
N
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure. O
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
P
SEF416S

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003397225
Remarks:
l Specification data are reference values.
l Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-67.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-67.
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-67.
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.82V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.4 - 4.4V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.1 - 4.7V
• Ignition switch: ON
THRTL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
1
THRTL SEN 2*
• Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
Shift lever: Neutral ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel is in not being turned. OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel is being turned. ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF EC
and lighting switch is OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan is operating ON
HEATER FAN SW • Ignition switch: ON C
Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec E
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 13° - 17° BTDC
IGN TIMING F
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF G
CAL/LD VALUE
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s H
MASS AIRFLOW
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
I
PURG VOL C/V
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
• No load J
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 43°CA
• No load K
INT/V SOL (B1) L
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
• No load
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON M
the engine ON
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking N
• Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
O
• Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
P
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
turned ON (0 - 40,723 mile)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ABSOL PRES/SE*2 • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.4V

• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully
ON
released
BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Slightly
OFF
depressed
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003397226
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in 1st position.
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A
EC
PBIB2445E F

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB0668E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
A
Description INFOID:0000000003397227
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” EC
mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MON-
ITOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions. C
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: D
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECMprior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correctionfactor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000003397228
F
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
• Transmission: Warmed-up*1
• Electrical load: Not applied*2
• Engine speed: Idle H
*1: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead. I
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000003397229
NOTE: J
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-33, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. K
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with
CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. L
5. If NG, go to EC-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003397230
PBIB2384E

EC
PBIB3213E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnosis procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation

II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnosis Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-20, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-75, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No C
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with E
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
MBIB0015E
H
• Fuse block (J/B) connector I
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
L
PBIB3694E
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
P
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM relay.
PBIB3687E
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB3693E

• 20A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
8.CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and ECM relay terminal 2.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
• Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM
10.CHECK ECM RELAY
Refer to EC-74, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> Go to 11.

NG >> Replace ECM relay.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
EC
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery C

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0V.
D
E
PBIB1630E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. F
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 12.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 14.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV G

H
PBIB3687E
K
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. M
NG >> GO TO 13.
N
PBIB3692E

O
• 10A fuse
P
14.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ECM relay terminal 3.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
16.CHECK ECM RELAY
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
PBIB3694E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-70.
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003397234
ECM RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7. A
Condition Continuity
EC
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
OFF No
C
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
PBIB3689E
D
Ground Inspection INFOID:0000000003397235
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can E
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even F
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. G
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. H
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
I
PBIB1870E
N

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003397237
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000*1 • Harness or connectors
communication signal of OBD (emission related
1000*1 diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication
shorted.)
line When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1001*2 (Refer to LAN-40, "CAN System Specifi-
communication signal other than OBD (emission cation Chart".)
1001*2 related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
*1: The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
*2: The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003397238
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.

DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
D
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagno-
CAN communication bus • ECM
1010 sis for CAN controller of ECM.
F
G
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
H

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
PBIB3278E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunctions is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.

NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-119. A
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III C
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. D
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMPS 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F) E
Selector lever Neutral position
3. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
F
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. G
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) H

COOLAN TEMPS 70 - 105°C (176 - 194°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
I
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
7. Check 1st trip DTC. J
WITH GST K
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Heated oxygen sensor 1
control heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 after warming up ON
Trouble diagnosis
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen-
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
P0031 (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
sensor 1 heater (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
0031 open or shorted.)
control circuit low ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heat-
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
er.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen-
Heated oxygen sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
P0032 (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
sensor 1 heater (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
0032 shorted.)
control circuit high ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heat-
er.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
WITH GST

A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C
Engine speed
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
E
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

F
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up G
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003397249 H
Trouble diagnosis I
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
P0037 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
0037
sensor 2 heater
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
J
control circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen K
P0038 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sensor 2 heater
0038 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
control circuit high
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at N
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. O
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
P
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
WITH GST

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000003397251
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIB1604E
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 low input sent to ECM when engine is running. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-III
2. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
With CONSULT-III
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Check DTC.

A
With GST
EC

DTC P0107, P0108 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
The absolute pressure sensor detects ambient barometric pressure.

The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increase, the voltage rises.
PBIB3653E
Absolute pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to
P0107
circuit low input the micro computer.
• ECM
Absolute pressure sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent
P0108
high input to the micro computer.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor. EC
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIB1604E E
<Reference data>
F
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 G
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. I

Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Trouble diagnosis
name
K
Intake air tempera-
P0112 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
Intake air tempera- • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input
M
NOTE:
N
WITH CONSULT-III O
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. P
WITH GST

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input • Harness or connectors
Engine coolant (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0118 temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sor circuit high in- sent to ECM.
put
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III dis-
plays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

A
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. C
3. Check DTC.
WITH GST D

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
P0122 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
0122 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 • Electric throttle control actuator
0123 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
WITH GST

DTC P0132 HO2S1
DTC P0132 HO2S1
A
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It EC

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The C
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V. D
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy- J
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1848E
M
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause N
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
O
NOTE: P
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.

DTC P0132 HO2S1
WITH GST

DTC P0133 HO2S1
DTC P0133 HO2S1
A

SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis J

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy- K
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
PBIB2991E
M
O
• Fuel pressure
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The response of the voltage signal from the
• Fuel injector
0133 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks P
• PCV valve
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:

DTC P0133 HO2S1
TESTING CONDITION:
• Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 3,300 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.3 - 14.5 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, check pos-
sible cause items.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000003397272
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V →
0 - 0.3V
4. If NG, check possible cause items.
MBIB0018E

DTC P0134 HO2S1
DTC P0134 HO2S1
A

SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is J

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long. K
SEF237U
M
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly ap-
0134 circuit no activity detected prox. 0.3V.
O
CAUTION: P
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
DTC P0134 HO2S1
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
return to step 4.
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 10 to
60 seconds.)

sible cause items.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
• The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
MBIB0018E

DTC P0138 HO2S2
DTC P0138 HO2S2
A
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), EC

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2. C
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions. D
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R E
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time F

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
G
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB1848E I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 K
NOTE: L
M
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. O
WITH GST
P

DTC P0139 HO2S2
DTC P0139 HO2S2
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
tions.
SEF327R
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond be- • Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 circuit slow response tween rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
CAUTION:
NOTE:
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in
Procedure for COND1.
WITH CONSULT-III
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°(32 to 86°F).
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.

DTC P0139 HO2S2
6. Touch “START”. A
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3. EC
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take C
approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm D

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119 °C (158 - 246°F)
E
Selector level Suitable position
NOTE:
F
• If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
• If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
G
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the above condition [step 9] until “INCOM-
PLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4
H
seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for COND3 is
conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3. I
Procedure for COND3
1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM- J
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, check possible cause items.
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. K
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
L
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.
M
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. N
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
3. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. P

DTC P0139 HO2S2
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd
gear position.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
MBIB0020E
ond during this procedure.

DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the C
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
• Intake air leaks F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
P0171 Fuel injection system • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
0171 too lean large. • Incorrect fuel pressure
G
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) • Lack of fuel
• Incorrect PCV hose connection H
CAUTION: I
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III. L
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
M
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, check possible
cause items.
NOTE: N
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min- O
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
P
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)

When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
8. The 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, check possi- PBIB3685E
ble cause items.

NOTE:
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, check possible cause items.
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

A
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the C
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
• Exhaust gas leaks
0172 too rich large.
• Incorrect fuel pressure
(The mixture ratio is too rich.)
G
H
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
WITH CONSULT-III J
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- K
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. L
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, check possible
cause items. M
NOTE:
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
O
P

8. The 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
WITH GST
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, check possi- PBIB3685E
ble cause items.

NOTE:
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, check possible cause items. If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for
fouling, etc.

A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into C
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the D
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E E
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. F
P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 • Harness or connectors G
0222 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 H
(TP sensor 1)
0223 circuit high input is sent to ECM. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
J
degrees.
K

L
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III N
2. Check DTC.
O
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. P

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER
MISFIRE
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revo-
lutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire • Improper spark plug
Multiple cylinder misfire.
0300 detected • Insufficient compression
• Incorrect fuel pressure
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire de-
No. 1 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
0301 tected
• Fuel injector
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire • Intake air leak
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
0302 detected • The ignition signal circuit is open or short-
ed
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire
No. 3 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
0303 detected
• Drive plate or flywheel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire • Heated oxygen sensor 1
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
0304 detected • Incorrect PCV hose connection
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
NOTE:

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to table below. A
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con- EC
dition should be satisfied at the same time:
C
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or D
equal to 70°C (158°F)
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Refer to the following table. E
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes F
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
G
WITH GST
H

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
PBIB3682E
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
WITH GST

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder EC

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to D
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIB0562E E
the engine revolution.
F
G
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
engine cranking.
(The sensor circuit is open or short- H
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
ed.)
0335 sor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
running.
• Signal plate
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running. I
J
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
L
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. N

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIB0562E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM dur-
• Camshaft (Intake)
0340 (PHASE) circuit ing engine running.
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-25.)
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-25.)
pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
WITH GST

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen EC

sensors 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 C
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) D
malfunction is diagnosed.
SEF484YF E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
• Intake air leaks G
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency properly.
• Fuel injector
0420 below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing H
NOTE: I
J
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
• Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
• Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. K
1. Start Engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
L
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. M
6. Start engine.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely. N
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 10
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It O
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) P
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F), go to step 3.
10. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
WITH GST
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 sig-
nal) and ground, and ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and
ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
MBIB0018E
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 16 and ground is very less than that of
ECM terminal 35 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Check possible cause items.
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 35 does not switch periodically more than 5 MBIB0124E
times within 10 seconds at step 7, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0133 first.

DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
A
VALVE
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator C

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
D
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume E
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position

F
Heated oxygen sensors 1
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
G
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas- H
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor I
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
J
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, K
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
M
SEF337U
• Harness or connectors O
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
0444 to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve P
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
WITH GST

DTC P0500 VSS
DTC P0500 VSS
A
NOTE: EC
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-76.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-77. C
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
communication line. D
E
(The CAN communication line is open or short- F
ed.)
(Refer to LAN-40, "CAN System Specification
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
P0500 Chart".)
0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
G
when vehicle is being driven.
(Refer to BRC-8.)
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter H
(Refer to DI-4.)
I
CAUTION:
NOTE:
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a K
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
L
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, check possible cause items. M
If OK, go to following step.
N
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
O
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 5.0 - 31.8 msec P
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

DTC P0500 VSS
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
A
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power EC

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the C
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
D
PBIB3683E E
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. F

NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-139.
G
• Harness or connectors H
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
• Power steering pressure sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003397314 I
NOTE:
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. K
L
WITH GST
M

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIB1164E
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
With GST
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

DTC P0605 ECM
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-III EC
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. C
D
With GST
E

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning value memory, etc.
PBIB1164E
P1065 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
ECM power supply circuit
1065 properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times.
WITH GST

DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF EC

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow. C
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve D
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E E
F
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM • Harness or connectors
P1111 Intake valve timing control G
through intake valve timing control solenoid (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. J
WITH GST K
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
FAIL-SAFE MODE

The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to Neutral position.
9. Check DTC.
With GST

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. A
3. Shift selector lever to1st position.
EC
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
With GST C

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-120 or EC-123.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or
1122 performance operate properly.
shorted.)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running.
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Check DTC.
WITH GST

DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM. C
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. D
E
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.)
1124 relay circuit short is stuck ON.
F
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
spring.
I
NOTE: J
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124 K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-III L
2. Check DTC.
M
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. N
With CONSULT-III O
3. Check DTC. P
With GST

DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

spring.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Check DTC.
WITH GST

DTC P1143 HO2S1
DTC P1143 HO2S1
A

SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor J
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
K
SEF300U
M
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
• Fuel pressure
1143 lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages. O
• Fuel injector

P
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

DTC P1143 HO2S1
• Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
return to step 5.
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)

VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
sible cause items.
WITH GST
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least 1 time.
MBIB0018E

DTC P1144 HO2S1
DTC P1144 HO2S1
A

SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor J
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
K
SEF299U
M
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. • Fuel pressure
O
• Fuel injector
P
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

DTC P1144 HO2S1
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
return to step 5.
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)

VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
sible cause items.
WITH GST
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
• The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least 1 time.
MBIB0018E

DTC P1146 HO2S2
DTC P1146 HO2S2
A
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), EC

from the heated oxygen sensor 2. C
agefrom approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions. D
SEF327R E
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time F

storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
G
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB0554E I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P1146 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
1146 minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 K
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003397346 L
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. M
NOTE:
are completed.
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at N
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro- O
cedure for COND1
WITH CONSULT-III
P
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).

DTC P1146 HO2S2
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3”.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119°C (158 - 246 °F)
NOTE:
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the above condition [step 9] until “INCOMPLETE”
at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for COND3
is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
Procedure for COND3
1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, performed the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the operating temperature.

DTC P1146 HO2S2
at least 10 times. A
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
procedure.
EC
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd C
gear position.
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
MBIB0020E
procedure. D

DTC P1147 HO2S2
DTC P1147 HO2S2
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
tions.
SEF327R
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.
PBIB0820E
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)
P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 max- The maximum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
1147 imum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
CAUTION:
NOTE:
are completed.
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro-
cedure for COND1
WITH CONSULT-III
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).

DTC P1147 HO2S2
6. Touch “START”. A
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 2 in “Procedure for COND3”. EC
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at COND1” on the CONSULT-III
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take C
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm D

COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119°C (158 - 246 °F)
E
NOTE:
F
G
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the above condition [step 9] until “INCOMPLETE”
at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
H
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for COND3
is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
I
Procedure for COND3
1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
J
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). K
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III. L
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.
M
WITH GST N
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. O
P

DTC P1147 HO2S2
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd
gear position.
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
MBIB0020E
procedure.

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will EC
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
C
• Radiator hose
D
• Radiator
• Engine coolant was not added to the system
• Radiator cap
P1217 Engine over tempera- using the proper filling method.
• Water pump
1217 ture (Overheat) • Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Thermostat E
range.
For more information, refer to EC-136,
"Main 11 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
F
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-6, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-21, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. G
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
H
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator. I
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
1. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps J
and check possible cause items.
2. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. K
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible
cause items.
L
SEF621W

Main 11 Causes of Overheating INFOID:0000000003397354
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reser-
voir tank and radiator filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2,
9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
ON*1 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks
ON*1 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower ra- Both hoses should be hot
diator hoses
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical tester Negative
4 Gas analyzer
ON*2 9 • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving
• Coolant overflow to reservoir • Visual No overflow during driving and
tank idling
OFF*3 10 • Coolant return from reservoir • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir
tank to radiator tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum dis-
tortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or
piston
*1: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*2: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*3: After 60 minutes of cool down time.

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
A

PBIB0145E E
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is excessively • Electric throttle control actuator G
1225 learning performance low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

H
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III J
K
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. L
WITH GST
M

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR

kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
PBIB0145E
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
WITH GST

DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC
• Harness or connectors C
(Absolute pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is short-
ed.) D
P1229 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
1229 short for sensor is excessively low or high.
(APP sensor 1)
• Absolute pressure sensor*
E
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
*: Models for Mexico. F
FAIL-SAFE MODE
G

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return H
spring.
I
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III K
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. L
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. M

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
When the shift lever position is neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) • Harness or connectors
P1706
Park/neutral position switch switch is not changed in the process of en- (PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1706
gine starting and driving. • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

Neutral position ON
Except above position OFF
If NG, check possible cause items.

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions. A
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)

Neutral position Approx. 0 EC
Except above position Battery voltage
3. If NG, check possible cause items. C
MBIB0029E

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for • Harness or connectors
P1805
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1805
ing. • Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode

ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.Therefore,acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
WITH GST

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The D
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
PBIB1741E E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
F

NOTE: G
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-139.
H
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or short- I
ed.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 • Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1)
J
FAIL-SAFE MODE
K
degrees. L
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003397372 M
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. N
TESTING CONDITION:
O
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check DTC. P
WITH GST

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
signals.
PBIB1741E
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be shower than the normal condition.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check DTC.
WITH GST

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
A

a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position C
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM D
tion.
PBIB0145E E
F
G
• Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM H
P2135 Throttle position sensor (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
(APP sensor 2) I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. J

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 K
degrees.
L
NOTE: M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. N
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. O
2. Check DTC.
P
WITH GST

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
signals.
PBIB1741E

NOTE:
EC-139.
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
compared with the signals from APP sensor
2138 circuit range/performance • Accelerator pedal position sensor
1 and APP sensor 2.
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check DTC.
WITH GST

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000003397382
EC
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5bar, 3.57kg/cm2, 51psi)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000003397383

C
Target idle speed No load* (in Neutral position) 700 ± 50 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In Neutral position 700 rpm or more D
Ignition timing In Neutral position 15° ± 5° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions:
E
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
F
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000003397384
G
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
At idle 10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35 H
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000003397385
I
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle 0.9 - 1.2V*
J
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
K
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003397386
L
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359 M
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003397387
N
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
O
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
P
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000003397388
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω

Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000003397390
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000003397391
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 11.1 - 14.3Ω
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000003397392
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1.0Ω

MODIFICATION NOTICE
MODIFICATION NOTICE
EC
• The KA24DE engine has been replaced by the QR25DE engine.
C

APPLICATION NOTICE
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003443922
Check the vehicle type to confirm the service information in EC section.
Vehicle type Service information

Models with OBD for Mexico and Hong Kong QR25DE engine TYPE1
Except above models QR25DE engine TYPE2

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
A
NOTE: EC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-200.
EC-201. C
Items DTC*1 MIL lighting

Trip Reference page D
(CONSULT-III screen terms) CONSULT-III 2 up
ECM*
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 0108 2 × EC-207 E
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-241
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-241
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-243
F
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-243

APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-245 G
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 1 × EC-240
H
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 2 — EC-77
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-217 I
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-218
J
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-223
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 2 × EC-225 K
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 2 × EC-208
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 2 × EC-208
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-233 L
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-227
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-229
M
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-232
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-230
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-230 N
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-211
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-213
O
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 — EC-202
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-202
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-216 P
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*3 — Flashing*3 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.

INDEX FOR DTC
Items DTC*1 MIL lighting

Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) CONSULT-III 2 up
ECM*
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-238
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 2 — EC-222
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-237
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 × EC-215
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 × EC-215
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-210
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-210
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-244
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 2 × EC-220
NOTE:
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-200.
EC-201.
DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

Trip Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*3 FURTHER TESTING — Flashing*3 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.

U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) 2 — EC-77
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 — EC-202
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-208
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-208
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-210
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-210
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-211
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-213

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

Trip Reference page A
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms) up
ECM*
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-215
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-215 EC
C
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-217
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-218
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-220 D
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC 2 — EC-222
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × or — EC-223
E
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 ×
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-225
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 × EC-227 F
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC 1 × EC-229
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-230
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-230 G
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 × EC-232
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-233 H
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 × EC-237 I
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-238
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-240
J
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-241
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-241
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-243 K
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-243
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 × EC-244
L
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-245
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. M

Schematic INFOID:0000000003397395
PBIB3688E

EC
PBIB3690E
Refer to EC-154, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System. L

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
Emission-related diagnostic information

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
1st trip Freeze Frame

DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data
data
CONSULT-III × × × ×
ECM × ×* — —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-168.)
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003397398
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-168.), the DTC is stored in the
ECM memory even in the 1st trip.
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has
trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For fail-safe items, DTC is stored in the ECM memory
even in the 1st trip.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "How to Erase
Emission-related Diagnostic Information".

When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-164. Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure A
or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires
repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC EC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, P1065, etc. C
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-III
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0340, 1065 etc. D
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. E
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
able) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many F
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. G
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake H
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III. I
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no J
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "How to Erase Emission-related K
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
L
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. M
2. Touch “ENGINE”. N
Without CONSULT-III O
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal.
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 P
hours.
- Freeze frame data
- Others


A
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N
>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. P

2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. .
Without CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.
PerformThrottle Valve Closed Position Learning.
>> GO TO 6.
Refer toIdle Air Volume Learning.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
2. GO TO 4.
With CONSULT-III

Without CONSULT-III

700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. EC
Check the following. C
Refer toEC-217.
Refer to EC-218. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. E
2. GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION F
G
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
H
I
OK or NG
J
NG >> GO TO 11.
K
BBIA0898E
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING L

1. Stop engine.
M
>> GO TO 12.
N
Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
>> GO TO 13. O
Refer to Idle Air Volume Learning.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? P
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
2. GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-III

Without CONSULT-III

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 16.
BBIA0898E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-51.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
Refer to EC-217.
Refer to EC-218.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
>> GO TO 4.

2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.

3. Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
A
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000003397402
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

EC
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel C
pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models do not have fuel return system.
• Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains sealability. D
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 (A) and Fuel Pressure Adapter J-44321-6 (B) to check fuel pres-
sure.
E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermit-

careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW".
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
on "Worksheet Sample" should be used.
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
PBIB0912E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system can- M
SULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], perform EC-194. not be performed, check main power
form EC-194. supply and ground circuit. Refer to
EC-195.
N
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de- *5 EC-191
Description for Work Flow O
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the DI- P
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET".
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III) the (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-156.) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze
frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-169.)
Also check related service bulletins for information.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in“ DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, performEC-194 .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-159.) Then perform inspections ac-
cording to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-169.)
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-III set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode.
STEP VI
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-
III. Refer to EC-180, EC-186.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-194.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-156, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
Description
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
L
MTBL0017
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003397404 M
chart.
NOTE: N
• If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-76.
• If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010 . Refer O
to EC-77.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

1 • U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
• P0107 P010 Manifold absolute pressure sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0605 ECM
• P1229 Sensor power supply
• P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
2 • P0132 P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P1065 ECM power supply
• P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P1122 Electric throttle control function
• P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
• P1128 Throttle control motor
• P1805 Brake switch
3 • P0011 Intake valve timing control
• P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000003397405
When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0108 sensor circuit
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 condition.
P1121 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or
more.
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
function opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
P1126 opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range. EC
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
When engine is idling Normal C
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
D
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor. E
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has F
trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function.
G
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000003397406 H
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

I
SYMPTOM

J


K

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
L
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
N
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
P
Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 3 3
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM A

EC



C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock G
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
H
Low octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor —electric throt-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Air leakage from intake manifold/Col-
lector/Gasket
K
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit
Starter circuit 3 L
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6
PNP switch 4
M
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block N
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 O
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft P
Valve Timing chain
mechanism
Camshaft
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gas-
ket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/
Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5
Water pump
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5
Water gallery
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
coolant

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
PBIB3691E
J
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake tem- 2. EVAP canister 3. ECM
perature sensor)
4. EVAP canister purge volume control 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Ignition coil (with power transistor) K
solenoid valve valve and spark plug
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. Fuel injector
10. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 11. Knock sensor 12. Electric throttle control actuator (with L
throttle position sensor, throttle con-
trol motor)
P
PBIB3664E
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. EVAP canister 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
temperature sensor)
Front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB3665E
1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid

valve
Front
PBIB3666E
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Refrigerant

Front
PBIB3667E
1. Condenser 2. PCV valve 3. Ignition coil

4. Knock sensor
Front
PBIB3668E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. ECM A

harness connector
Front
EC
E
PBIB3669E
1. Fuel injector 2. EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve F
Front
J
PBIB3670E
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pump fuse (15A)
harness connector K
Front
PBIB3671E O
1. Fuel pump relay 2. Throttle control motor relay

Front P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB3672E
1. Date link connector 2. Heated oxygen sensor1 harness 3. Heated oxygen sensor1
connector
4. Three way catalyst (Manifold) 5. Heated oxygen sensor2 6. Heated oxygen sensor2 harness
connector
Front
PBIB3673E
1. Stop lamp switch 2. Accelerant pedal position sensor 3. Clutch switch

Front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
TBWT1942E
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TBWT1943E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
TBWT1944E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBIB0045E
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
PBIB3687E

levers as far as they will go as shown at right.
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
PBIB1512E

CAUTION:

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground EC
• Idle speed
Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol- C
lowing conditions are met
- Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute D
2 P/B
heater under no load
PBIB0519E
[Ignition switch: ON] E

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
F
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 R [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
G
4 B
(Close) • Shift lever:1st H
PBIB1104E
I
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch: ON] J

5 W
(Open) • Shift lever: 1st
K
PBIB1105E
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned L
12 W
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
1.0 - 4.0V
M
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed N
NOTE:
idle
O
Camshaft position sensor PBIB0525E
13 W
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
P
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
Crankshaft position PBIB0527E

14 Y
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met
16 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
EVAP canister purge vol-

19 R/W PBIB0050E
ume control solenoid valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
idle
22 R/Y Fuel injector No. 3
23 R/B Fuel injector No. 1 PBIB0529E D
41 R/L Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 R/W Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
F
PBIB0530E
G
Approximately 8.0V
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
24 P/B
heater
I
PBIB0519E

• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (11 - 14V)
J
Intake air temperature sen-
34 BR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sor
air temperature.
K
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 W Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
Sensor power supply L
45 GR (Absolute pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply M
46 B/Y (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply N
47 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36V O
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
• Idle speed
50 W Mass air flow sensor
0.9 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
[Engine is running]
(Check for liner voltage rise in re-
sponse to engine being in-
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 rpm
creased to about 4,000 rpm.)
0.52 - 4.6V
51 L/R Absolute pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with ambi-
ent barometric pressure.
56 L/G (Absolute pressure sen- • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) • Idle speed
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
60 L/R Ignition signal No. 3
61 Y/R Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E
79 GY Ignition signal No. 4

0 - 0.5V
80 G/R Ignition signal No. 2
[Engine is running]
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 W/R
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
PBIB1790E
Sensor power supply

65 L (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
• Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
• Engine stopped EC
Less than 4.75V
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
• Engine stopped
C
More than 0.36V
Refrigerant pressure sen- • Warm-up condition
69 W 1.0 - 4.0V
sor • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
E
72 Y/B [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
ture sensor
coolant temperature.
F
73 B/W (Engine coolant tempera- • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ture sensor) • Idle speed
[Engine is running] G
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor)
• Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running] H
I
85 L/G DATA link connector J
• CONSULT-III or GST is disconnected (11 - 14V)
86 R CAN communication line — —
Sensor power supply
90 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
K
sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V L
sensor 2)
94 W CAN communication line — —
[Ignition switch: ON] M
98 B/W
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON] N
[Ignition switch: OFF] O
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
P
Approximately 0V
102 G/W PNP switch
• Except above position (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
104 OR Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
106 R/G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 W/L Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 W/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch OFF
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
113 P/B Fuel pump relay
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
ECM ground Body ground
116 B • Idle speed
119 W/L BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 W/L (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 R/W [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
Remarks:
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the ta-
ENG SPEED
tion chometer indication
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-191.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-191.
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-191.
HO2S1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- EC
tions are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
C
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedome- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
ter indication speedometer indication
D

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.4 - 4.4V E
ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.1 - 4.7V
• Ignition switch: ON F
THRTL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2*1
• Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
G
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly de-
OFF H
pressed
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON I
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: Neutral ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF J
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel is not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel is being turned ON
K
Rear window defogger switch is ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd
ON
(Placed in LOW position for models
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON with XENON headlamp) L
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON M
Heater fan is operating ON
HEATER FAN SW • Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan is not operating OFF
N
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec O
INJ PULSE-B1
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
P
• Engine: After warming up Idle 13° - 17° BTDC
IGN TIMING
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
• No load

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 43°CA
• No load
INT/V SOL (B1)
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
• Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
• Engine speed is below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
ABSOL PRES/SE*3 • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.4V

• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
O2SEN HTR DTY (176°F) Approx. 30%
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
SULT-III value CONSULT-III value
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully
ON
released
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:
OFF
Slightly depressed
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
→ at the 2nd time
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003397412
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in 1st position.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”. A
EC
PBIB0198E D
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi- E
ciently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
F
PBIB2445E
K

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB0668E

A
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” EC
mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MON-
ITOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions. C
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: D
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECMprior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correctionfactor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000003397414
F
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
• Transmission: Warmed-up*1
• Electrical load: Not applied*2
• Engine speed: Idle H
*1: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead. I
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000003397415
NOTE: J
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. PerformEC-159, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. K
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with
CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. L
5. If NG, go to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB2384E

EC
PBIB3213E

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnosis procedure may
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations

II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnosis Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-156, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
Refer to EC-EC-199, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG

A
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No C
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I D

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
MBIB0015E
H
• Fuse block (J/B) connector I
• 10A fuse
J
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
L
PBIB3694E
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 5.
P
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
PBIB3687E
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB3693E

• 20A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
10.CHECK ECM RELAY
OK or NG
OK >> Go to 11.

11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A

EC
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery C

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0V.
D
E
PBIB1630E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. F
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 14.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV G

H
PBIB3687E
K
2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. M
NG >> GO TO 13.
N
PBIB3692E

O
• 10A fuse
P


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
16.CHECK ECM RELAY
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
PBIB3694E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
Refer to EC-194.
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003397420
ECM RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7. A
Condition Continuity
EC
12V direct current supply between termi-
Yes
nals 1 and 2
OFF No
C
PBIB3689E
D
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can E
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even F
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. G
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. H
I
PBIB1870E
N

The MIL will not light up these self-diagnoses.
Trouble diagnosis
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 • Harness or connectors
communication signal of OBD (emission related
1000 (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
shorted)
line When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1001 (Refer to LAN-40, "CAN System Specifi-
communication signal other than OBD (emission cation Chart".)
1001
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.


A
D
E
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagno-
CAN communication bus • ECM
1010 sis for CAN controller of ECM.
F
G
H
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items..

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Engine speed and piston position
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
PBIB3278E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
COMPONENT DISCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
or stops oil flow.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
position.
PBIB1842E

Trouble diagnosis A
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- EC
cuit is open or shorted.)
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
FAIL-SAFE MODE D
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode E

Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function

F
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE: G
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III I
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. J
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
K
Selector lever Neutral position

3. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds. L
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. M
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) N

COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C (176 - 194°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
O
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
P
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 62 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
Conditions Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
At idle
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
2,000 rpm SEF955V
PBIB1790E

A
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea- EC
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
PBIB1604E E
• Harness or connectors G
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 low input sent to ECM when engine is running. • Intake air leaks
H
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor
0103 high input is sent to ECM.
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE

J
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
M
With CONSULT-III
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. N
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most. O
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. P

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON
3. Check DTC.

6. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
7. Tarn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

A
The absolute pressure sensor detects ambient barometric pressure. EC

The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increase, the voltage rises.
C
PBIB3653E E
F
Absolute pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to
P0107
circuit low input the micro computer. G
• ECM
Absolute pressure sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent
P0108
high input to the micro computer.
H
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. K
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
L


SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input • Harness or connectors
Engine coolant (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0118 temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sor circuit high in- sent to ECM.
put
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temper-
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

A
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. C
WITHOUT CONSULT-III D
E
F


PBIB0145E
P0122 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
0122 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 • Electric throttle control actuator
0123 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

DTC P0132 HO2S1
DTC P0132 HO2S1
A

SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high. J
PBIB3350E
M
N
O
NOTE: P
WITH CONSULT-III

DTC P0132 HO2S1
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

DTC P0134 HO2S1
DTC P0134 HO2S1
A

SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is J

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long. K
SEF237U
M
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly ap-
0134 circuit no activity detected prox. 0.3V.
O
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st P
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III, and select “H02S1 (B1)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
4. Make sure that the indications do not remain in the range between 0.2V to 0.4V.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
• The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
4. If NG, go to check possible cause items.
MBIB0018E

A

PBIB0145E E
P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 • Harness or connectors G
0222 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 H
(TP sensor 1)
0223 circuit high input is sent to ECM. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
J
degrees.
K

L
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III N
2. Check DTC.
O
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. P

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
PBIB3682E
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

A
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder EC

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
When the engine is running to the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to D
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIB0562E E
F
G
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
engine cranking.
(The sensor circuit is open or short- H
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
ed.)
0335 sor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
running.
• Signal plate
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running. I
J
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: K
tion switch ON.
L
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check 1st trip DTC. M
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. N
O

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
PBIB0562E
change.
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM dur-
• Camshaft (Intake)
0340 (PHASE) circuit ing engine running.
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-25.)
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-25.)
pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III
4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
6. Start engine and maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.

A
EC

DTC P0500 VSS
DTC P0500 VSS
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-200.
toEC-201.
communication line.
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
ed.)
(Refer to LAN-40, "CAN System Specification
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
P0500 Chart".)
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even
0500 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
when vehicle is being driven.
(Refer to BRC-8.)
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter
(Refer to DI-4.)
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.

PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

DTC P0500 VSS
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III EC
2. Start engine.
C
3. Read vehicle speed with combination meter.
The vehicle speed indication should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-
able gear position.
D

Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
PBIB3683E

NOTE:
EC-237.
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
A
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal EC

PBIB1164E E
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic. F
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. G
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
I
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A J
degrees) by the return spring.
K
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE: L
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A M
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. N
Without CONSULT-III O

2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. P
With CONSULT-III

DTC P0605 ECM
Without CONSULT-III
With CONSULT-III
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
Without CONSULT-III

A
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch EC
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning value memory, etc.
C
PBIB1164E E
F
P1065 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is G
ECM power supply circuit
1065 properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM

H
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
J
K
Without CONSULT-III
M
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times. N
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. O

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

or stops oil flow.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
position.
PBIB1842E
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM • Harness or connectors
P1111 Intake valve timing control
through intake valve timing control solenoid (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
D
E
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control F
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. I
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C J
The engine can restart in Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
K
NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
M
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds. N
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. O
P
9. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT-III

With CONSULT-III
5. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
4. Start engine and let it idle for the 3 seconds.

A
NOTE: EC
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-229 or EC-230.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. C
response to driving condition. D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. E
• Harness or connectors F
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or
1122 performance operate properly. G
shorted.)
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode I

spring.
J
NOTE:
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine L
is running.
WITH CONSULT-III
M
3. Check DTC. N
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. O
P

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.)
1124 relay circuit short is stuck ON.
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the DTC detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

spring.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-III
2. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
With CONSULT-III
3. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT-III

2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. A
EC

P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short both circuits between ECM (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE

spring.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Check DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

A
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will EC
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
C
• Radiator hose
D
• Radiator
• Engine coolant was not added to the system
• Radiator cap
P1217 Engine over tempera- using the proper filling method.
• Water pump
1217 ture (Overheat) • Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Thermostat E
range.
For more information, refer toEC-234,
"Main 11 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
F
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-6. Also, replace the
engine oil. Refer to LU-5, "Changing Engine Oil".
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. G
H
WARNING:
sure fluid escaping from the radiator. I
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
1. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps J
and check possible cause items.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. K
cause items.
L
SEF621W


• Blocked condenser
• Blocked bumper
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2,
9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
ON*1 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower ra- Both hoses should be hot
diator hoses
4 Gas analyzer
tank idling
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum dis-
tortion (warping)
piston

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
A

PBIB0145E E
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is excessively • Electric throttle control actuator G
1225 learning performance low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III J
K
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
M
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. N

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR

PBIB0145E
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

A
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC
• Harness or connectors C
(Absolute pressure sensor is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is short-
ed.) D
P1229 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
1229 short for sensor is excessively low or high.
(APP sensor 1)
• Absolute pressure sensor
E
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE F
G
spring.
H
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. K
2. Check DTC.
L
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. M
N

When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) • Harness or connectors
P1706
Park/neutral position switch switch is not changed in the process of en- (PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1706
gine starting and driving. • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III [FOR MODELS FOR SOUTH AFRICA AND MODELS WITH THREE WAY
CATALYST (UNDER FLOOR) FOR CHINA]
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

Neutral position ON
Except above position OFF

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-III [EXCEPT MODELS FOR SOUTH AFRICA AND MODELS WITH THREE WAY
CATALYST (UNDER FLOOR) FOR CHINA]

Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal A

Neutral position ON
Except the above position OFF
EC
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
D
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)
Neutral position Approx. 0
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above position
(11 - 14V)
F
MBIB0043E

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for • Harness or connectors
P1805
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1805
ing. • Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL lights up.

ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
When engine is idling Normal
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
2. Fully depress the brake pedal at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-156, "Emission-related

A

signals.
PBIB1741E E
F

NOTE: G
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-237.
H
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or short- I
ed.)
J
FAIL-SAFE MODE
K
degrees. L
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
O
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check DTC. P
WITHOUT CONSULT-III


A

signals.
PBIB1741E E
F

G
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or short- H
ed.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
I
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
J
FAIL-SAFE MODE
K
degrees.
L
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be shower than the normal condition.

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III O
2. Check DTC.
P
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR

a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
PBIB0145E
tion.
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
P2135 Throttle position sensor (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

A

signals.
PBIB1741E E
F

NOTE: G
EC-237.
H
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or I
shorted.)
P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
compared with the signals from APP sensor
2138 circuit range/performance • Accelerator pedal position sensor
1 and APP sensor 2.
(APP sensor 1 and 2) J
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE K
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode L

degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. M

N
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. O
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III P
2. Check DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III


A
Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000003397520
EC
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5bar, 3.57kg/cm2, 51psi)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000003397521

C
Target idle speed No load* (in Neutral position) 700 ± 50 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In Neutral position 700 rpm or more D
Ignition timing In Neutral position 15±5° BTDC
E
F
G
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle 0.9 - 1.2V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. H
I
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
J
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 L
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
M
N
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000003397526

P
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000003397527
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 11.1 - 14.3Ω
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000003397529
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1.0Ω

MODIFICATION NOTICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [ZD30 WITHOUT COMMON RAIL]
MODIFICATION NOTICE
EC
• ZD30DDTi with common rail engine has been added.
C

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
ZD30DD ENGINE MODELS

X: Applicable —: Not applicable
Items
DTC MIL illumination Reference page
ACCEL POS SENSOR 0403 — EC-307
ACCEL POS SW (F/C) 0203 — EC-298
COOLANT TEMP SEN 0103 — EC-294
CRANK POS SEN (TDC) 0407 × EC-313
ECM 2 0301 × EC-302
ECM 10 0802 — EC-326
ECM 11 0804 — EC-327
ECM 15 0903 — EC-330
ECM RLY 0902 — EC-328
FUEL CUT SYSTEM1 1004 — EC-333
INTAIR TEMP SEN 0401 — EC-303
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
0505 — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
OVER HEAT 0208 — EC-300
P1·CAM POS SEN 0701 × EC-315
P2·TDC PULSE SIG 0702 — EC-317
P3·PUMP COMM LINE 0703 × EC-319
P4·SPILL/V CIRC 0704 × EC-321
P5·PUMP C/MODULE 0705 × EC-323
P6·SPILL VALVE 0706 × EC-321
P7·F/INJ TIMG FB 0707 × EC-324
P9·FUEL TEMP SEN 0402 — EC-305
VEHICLE SPEED SEN 0104 — EC-296
ZD30DDTi ENGINE MODELS

Items
ACCEL POS SENSOR 0403 — EC-307
ACCEL POS SW (F/C) 0203 — EC-298
COOLANT TEMP SEN 0103 — EC-294
CRANK POS SEN (TDC) 0407 × EC-313
ECM 2 0301 × EC-302
ECM 10 0802 — EC-326
ECM 11 0804 — EC-327
ECM 15 0903 — EC-330
ECM RLY 0902 — EC-328
FUEL CUT SYSTEM1 1004 — EC-333
INTAIR TEMP SEN 0401 — EC-303
INT/AIR VOLUME 0406 — EC-312

INDEX FOR DTC
Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms) A
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
0505 — —
OVER HEAT 0208 — EC-300 EC
P1·CAM POS SEN 0701 × EC-315
P2·TDC PULSE SIG 0702 — EC-317
C
P3·PUMP COMM LINE 0703 × EC-319
P4·SPILL/V CIRC 0704 × EC-321
P5·PUMP C/MODULE 0705 × EC-323 D
P6·SPILL VALVE 0706 × EC-321
P7·F/INJ TIMG FB 0707 × EC-324
E
P9·FUEL TEMP SEN 0402 — EC-305
TURBO PRESSURE 0905 × EC-331
VEHICLE SPEED SEN 0104 — EC-296 F
G
Items H
0103 COOLANT TEMP SEN — EC-294
0104 VEHICLE SPEED SEN — EC-296 I
0203 ACCEL POS SW (F/C) — EC-298
0208 OVER HEAT — EC-300
0301 ECM 2 × EC-302
J
0401 INTAIR TEMP SEN — EC-303
0402 P9·FUEL TEMP SEN — EC-305
K
0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR — EC-307
0407 CRANK POS SEN (TDC) × EC-313
NO DTC IS DETECTED. L
0505 — —
0701 P1·CAM POS SEN × EC-315
0702 P2·TDC PULSE SIG — EC-317 M
0703 P3·PUMP COMM LINE × EC-319
0704 P4·SPILL/V CIRC × EC-321
N
0705 P5·PUMP C/MODULE × EC-323
0706 P6·SPILL VALVE × EC-321
0707 P7·F/INJ TIMG FB × EC-324 O
0802 ECM 10 — EC-326
0804 ECM 11 — EC-327
P
0902 ECM RLY — EC-328
0903 ECM 15 × EC-330
1004 FUEL CUT SYSTEM1 × EC-333


INDEX FOR DTC
Items
0103 COOLANT TEMP SEN — EC-294
0104 VEHICLE SPEED SEN — EC-296
0203 ACCEL POS SW (F/C) — EC-298
0208 OVER HEAT — EC-300
0301 ECM 2 × EC-302
0401 INTAIR TEMP SEN — EC-303
0402 P9·FUEL TEMP SEN — EC-305
0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR — EC-307
0406 INT/AIR VOLUME — EC-312
0407 CRANK POS SEN (TDC) × EC-313
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
0505 — —
0701 P1·CAM POS SEN × EC-315
0702 P2·TDC PULSE SIG — EC-317
0703 P3·PUMP COMM LINE × EC-319
0704 P4·SPILL/V CIRC × EC-321
0705 P5·PUMP C/MODULE × EC-323
0706 P6·SPILL VALVE × EC-321
0707 P7·F/INJ TIMG FB × EC-324
0802 ECM 10 — EC-326
0804 ECM 11 — EC-327
0902 ECM RLY — EC-328
0903 ECM 15 × EC-330
0905 TURBO PRESSURE — EC-331
1004 FUEL CUT SYSTEM1 × EC-333

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
A
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000003397532
EC
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of C
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
F
ness connectors.
Precaution INFOID:0000000003397533
G
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnecting battery cable while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- H
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is I
turned off.
• Before removing parts, turn off ignition switch and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
J
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM. K

• If a battery terminal is disconnect, the memory will return to
the ECM valve.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis- L
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
M
SEC220B N
• When ECM is removed for inspection, make sure to ground

the ECM mainframe. O
SEF665S

PRECAUTIONS
• When connecting ECM harness connector, tighten securing
bolt until the gap between the orange indicators disappears.
: 3.0 - 5.0 N·m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)
PBIB0284E
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in the circuit, thus resulting in damage to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (3.9 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent an ECM system mal-
function due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
SEF291H
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-279.
MEF040D
• If MIL illuminates or blinks irregularly when engine is run-

ning, water may have accumulated in fuel filter. Drain water
from fuel filter. If this does not correct the malfunction, per-
form specified trouble diagnostic procedures.
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J

PRECAUTIONS
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact. A
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
EC
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
C
G
SEF348N
• Do not disconnect pump harness connector with engine run- H

ning.
• Do not disassemble electronic fuel injection pump.
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble injection nozzle. I
If NG, replace injection nozzle.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents. J
• Do not shock or jar the crankshaft position sensor (TDC).
SEF437Y
K
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- L
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
M
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on its installation location.
1. Keep the antenna as far as possible away from the ECM.
2. Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (7.9 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
3. Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing
wave radio can be kept smaller.
4. Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. SEF708Y

A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003397534
ZD30DD ENGINE MODELS EC
PBIB0274E

PBIB3272E

EC
PBIB1840E
M
1. Vacuum pump to intake air control 2. Intake air control valve actuator to in- 3. Vacuum pump to brake booster
valve control solenoid valves 1 and 2 take air control valve control solenoid N
valve
Refer to EC-257, "System Diagram" or EC-257, "System Diagram" for vacuum control system.
O

DTC and MIL Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003397536
When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) is stored in the ECM memory.
The MIL will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up,
refer to EC-250
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) INFOID:0000000003397537
HOW TO READ DTC

The DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
ECM displays the DTC by a set of four digit numbers with MIL illumination in the diagnostic test mode II (Self-
diagnostic results). Example: 0102, 0407, 1004, etc.
Without CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Examples: “CRANK POS SEN (TDC)”, etc.
Output of the trouble code means that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. However, in the Mode II
it does not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or occurred in the past and returned to
normal.
CONSULT-III can identify them. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended.
HOW TO ERASE DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Touch “ENGINE”.
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by using the data link connector.
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by changing the diagnostic test
mode.
hours.
• Erasing the emission-related diagnostic information using CONSULT-III is easier and quicker
than switching the diagnostic test mode using the data link connector.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives C
electronic control fuel injection pump. It is essential that both input
and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is
important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, or
other malfunctions with the engine. D
E
SEF858S
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit- F

careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace- G
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
I
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per- J
formed. Follow the "WORK FLOW".
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
on next page should be used. L
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
N

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SEF374YA
*1 If DTC is not available even if MIL *2 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *3 If the incident cannot be verified, per-
lights up, drain water from fuel filter. SULTS” is other than [0], perform EC- form EC-286.
286.
*4 If the on board diagnostic system *5 If malfunctioning part cannot be de-
cannot be performed, check main tected, perform EC-286.
power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-287.
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the "DI-
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORKSHEET".
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III) the DTC, then erase the DTC. Re-
fer to EC-260.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The “Symp-
tom Matrix Chart” will be useful. Refer to EC-267.) Also check related service bulletins for information.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check real
STEP III time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-286. EC
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC by using
CONSULT-III.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
C
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-286.
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC cannot
be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative. D
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC XXXX.
STEP V E
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-264. Then perform inspections according to the
Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-267.
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts. F
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-III.
STEP VI Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-
III. Refer to EC-279 or EC-283.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts. G
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, performEC-286.
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint. H
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC No. 0505) is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to
EC-260.) I
Description J
bleshooting faster and more accurate. K
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to L
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
M
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
• Shift lever is in neutral position,
• Heat up switch is OFF,
• Headlamp switch is OFF,
• Air conditioner switch is OFF,
• Rear defogger switch is OFF,
• Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-29, "Changing Fuel Filter" and MA-29, "Changing Air Cleaner Filter".
3. Open engine hood and check the following:

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts A
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
EC
>> GO TO 2.
SEF142I D
2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III E
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector.
Without CONSULT-III
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle. F
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED G
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. H
2. Read idle speed.
750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)

I
Without CONSULT-III
Check idle speed.
J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END K
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM L
1. Stop engine.
2. Using priming pump, bleed air from fuel system.
M
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
N
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Read idle speed. O

P
Without CONSULT-III

OK or NG

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
Drain water from fuel filter.
>> GO TO 7.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.
Without CONSULT-III

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.
9.CHECK FUEL INJECTION NOZZLE
Check fuel injection nozzle opening pressure.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace fuel injection nozzle assembly.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.
Without CONSULT-III

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure.
OK or NG

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Follow the instruction of MEASUREMENT OF COMPRESSION PRESSURE. A
With CONSULT-III EC
3. Read idle speed.
C
Without CONSULT-III D
E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END F
NG >> Replace electronic control fuel injection pump.
SYMPTOM
H
J
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL system L

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT
Feature of symptom, Check point M

NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
N
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
O
Malfunction
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
A A
Warranty symptom code AA AB AE AF
C D
Electronic control fuel injection pump mainframe 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 3 4 *1
Injection nozzle 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 *2
Glow system 1 1 1 1

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL system
Feature of symptom, Check point

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
Malfunction
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
A A
C D
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 *3
EGR system 3 3
Air cleaner and ducts 3 3 *4
*a, *b 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Electronic control fuel injection pump circuit 1 1 1 1
*c, *d
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit *a, *b 1 1 1 1 *5
ENGINE CONTROL
Vehicle speed sensor circuit *a, *b 1

*a, *b 1
Accelerator switch (F/C) circuit
*c
*a, *c
Fuel cut system line
*b 1 1 1 1 *6
Accelerator position sensor circuit *a, *b 1 1 1
*a, *b
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) circuit
*d 1 1

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
A

EC
ENGINE STALL
D
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL system E

F

NO START (with first firing) G
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
Malfunction
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I
A A
C D J
Turbocharger boost sensor
*a, *b, *c 1 1
(For ZD30DDTi engine models)
Intake air control valve control solenoid valve cir- K
*c 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
cuit
Start signal circuit *a, *b *7
*a, *b 1 L
PNP switch circuit
*c 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
*a, *c 1 1 1 1 1 1
Accelerator position switch (Idle) circuit M
*b 1 1 1 *8
Accelerator position switch (Full) circuit *a, *b 1 1 1
*a 1 1 1 1 N
Ignition switch circuit
*b *9
*a 1 1 1 1
Power supply for ECM circuit O
*b
*a, *b
EGR volume control valve circuit
*c *10 P
*a 1 1 1 1 *11
Glow relay circuit
*b *12

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
Malfunction
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
A A
C D
*a 1 1 1 1
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit
ENGINE CONTROL
*b *13
ECM, Connector circuit *a, *b 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
*a *14
Air conditioner relay circuit
*b *15
*a, *c *15
Air conditioner switch circuit
*b *16
*a: Open
*b: Short
*c: Ground short
*d: Noise
*1: Fuel injection system malfunction or fuel injection timing control system malfunction may be the cause.
*2: Depends on open-valve pressure and spray pattern.
*3: Caused mainly by insufficient compression pressure.
*4: Symptom varies depending on off-position of air duct, etc.
*5: Compensation according to engine coolant temperature does not function.
*6: Engine runs on after turning ignition switch OFF.
*7: Start control does not function.
*8: Accelerator position sensor NG signal is output.
*9: Engine does not stop.
*10: Does not stop operating.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
*11: Glow lamp does not turn on.
*12: Glow lamp does not turn off. A
*13: Ground short makes engine unable to stop.
*14: Air conditioner does not operate.
*15: Air conditioner does not stop operating. EC
*16: Air conditioner does not work.
C
SYMPTOM
OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR

D
Malfunction indicator lamp illuminates.

DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)
Malfunction
Can be detected by CONSULT-III?

SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL system F

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
G
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
H
Fuel cut
I
A A A A A H
Warranty symptom code AJ AP
G H K L M A
Electronic control fuel injection pump mainframe 4 4 3 4 5 4 3 3 3 *1
J
Injection nozzle 3 3 4 *2
Glow system 1
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 *3 K
EGR system 3
Air cleaner and ducts 3 3 *4
L
*a, *b 1 1
Electronic control fuel injection pump circuit 1 1
*c, *d 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit *a, *b 1 1 1 1 *1 M
ENGINE CONTROL
Vehicle speed sensor circuit *a, *b 1

*a, *b
Accelerator switch (F/C) circuit 1 1 N
*c
*a, *c 1 1
Fuel cut system line
*b 1 *2 O
Accelerator position sensor circuit *a, *b 1 1
*a, *b 1 1
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) circuit 1 1 P
*d

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Malfunction indicator lamp illuminates.

Malfunction
Can be detected by CONSULT-III?



ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Fuel cut
A A A A A H
Warranty symptom code AJ AP
G H K L M A
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit
*a, *b, *c 1 1
(For ZD30DDTi engine models)
Intake air control valve control solenoid valve circuit *C
Start signal circuit *a, *b *3
*a, *b
PNP switch circuit 1 1
*c
*a, *c 1 1
Accelerator position switch (Idle) circuit
*b 1 1 *4
Accelerator position switch (Full) circuit *a, *b 1 1
*a
ENGINE CONTROL
Ignition switch circuit

*b *5
*a 1
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1
*b
*a, *b 1 1
EGR volume control valve circuit
*c 1 1 1 *6
*a 1 *7
Glow relay circuit
*b *8
*a 1
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit
*b 1 1 *9
ECM, Connector circuit *a, *b 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
*a *10
*b *11
*a, *c *11
Air conditioner switch circuit
*b *12
*a: Open
*b: Short
*c: Ground short
*d: Noise

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
*1: Fuel injection system malfunction or fuel injection timing control system malfunction may be the cause.
*2: Depends on open-valve pressure and spray pattern. A
*3: Caused mainly by insufficient compression pressure.
*4: Symptom varies depending on off-position of air duct, etc.
*5: Compensation according to engine coolant temperature does not function. EC
*6: Engine runs on after turning ignition switch OFF.
*7: Start control does not function.
*8: Accelerator position sensor NG signal is output. C
*9: Engine does not stop.
*10: Does not stop operating.
*11: Glow lamp does not turn on. D
*12: Glow lamp does not turn off.

E
L
PBIB0271E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB1825E
PBIB1816E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
PBIB0272E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB3273E
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. ECM 3. ECM relay
4. EGR volume control valve 5. PNP switch harness connector 6. PNP switch
7. Connecting plate 8. Glow plug 9. Intake air temperature sensor
(ZD30DDTi engine models only)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
PBIB1819E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000003397542
TBWT2064E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
SEF064P
D
E
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located on the right side under the seat. For the inspec-
tion, perform the following procedure.
F
PBIB0279E
2. Remove ECM harness protector. I
L
AEC913
3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily. M
• Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
N
MEC486B

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Be sure ECM unit is properly grounded before checking.
SEF665S

Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approximately 0.1V
• Idle speed
Intake air control valve [Ignition switch OFF]
1 P/L Approximately 0.1V
control solenoid valve - 1 • For a few seconds after engine stops
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
• Revving engine from idle to 3,200 rpm
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
(11 - 14v)
Intake air control valve
2 L/R [Ignition switch OFF]
control solenoid valve - 2
• For a few seconds after turning ignition Approximately 0.1V
switch OFF
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0.25V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
4 OR/L ECM relay (Self-shutoff) switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• A few seconds passed after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch OFF
• Air conditioner switch is OFF (11 - 14V)
15 B/W Air conditioner relay [Engine is running]

• Both air conditioner switch and blower fan
Approximately 0.1V
switch are ON
(Compressor is operating)
Approximately 1V
• Glow lamp is ON
16 R/W Glow lamp
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Glow lamp is OFF (11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal fully released
[Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal depressed (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 1V
Malfunction indicator
18 L [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
lamp
• Idle speed (11 - 14V)
19 LG/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine cool- C
ture sensor
ant temperature
20 L/B Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE D
[Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14V)
• Air conditioner switch is OFF (11 - 14V) E
21 BR/Y Air conditioner switch [Engine is running]
• Both air conditioner switch and blower fan
Approximately 0.1V
switch are ON
(Compressor is operating)
F
Approximately 0V
Park/Neutral position • Gear position is Neutral
22 P/B G
switch [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)
0.4 - 0.6V H
Accelerator position sen- • Accelerator pedal fully released
23 BR
sor [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 3.5V
• Accelerator pedal fully depressed
I
Approximately 2.2V
[Engine is running]
• Lift up the vehicle J
26 BR/W Vehicle speed sensor
• In 2nd gear position
• Vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 MPH)
K
PBIB1830E
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE

• Accelerator pedal fully released (11 - 14V)
29 G/W Accelerator switch (F/C) L
Approximately 0V
• Accelerator pedal depressed
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE M
Accelerator position • Accelerator pedal fully released (11 - 14V)
31 BR/R
switch (Idle) [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
• Accelerator pedal depressed
N
Approximately 0V
Accelerator position • Accelerator pedal released
32 W/B
switch (Full) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Accelerator pedal fully depressed (11 - 14V)
O
[Engine is running]
Electronic control fuel in-
33 L/Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 2.5V
jection pump P
• Idle speed
Intake air temperature [Engine is running]
36 W/B Output voltage varies with intake air
sensor • Idle speed
temperature
[Ignition switch OFF] 0V
38 W/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
COLOR
NO.
ECM ground Engine ground
43 B • Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Electronic control fuel in-
40 R/L • Warm-up condition Approximately 2.5V
jection pump
• Idle speed
42 GY/R
64 OR/B Data link connector — —
65 SB
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Crankshaft position sen- PBIB1826E

44 Y
sor (TDC)
Approximately 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB1827E
[Engine is running]
Turbocharger boost sen-
46*1 R
sor
• Warm-up condition Approximately 2.0V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Crankshaft position sen-
47 OR • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor (TDC) ground
• Idle speed
Accelerator position sen-
48 GY/L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sor power supply
Turbochager boost sen-
49*1 W
sor power supply
[Engine is running]
50 B Sensors' ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Accelerator position sen-
51 PU/R • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor ground
• Idle speed
Electronic control fuel in- [Engine is running]
52 Y/R Approximately 0.1V
jection pump • Idle speed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) A
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 1.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
C
Electronic control fuel in- PBIB1828E

53 Y/PU D
jection pump
Approximately 1.2V
[Engine is running] E
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
PBIB1829E
56 G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
61 G (11 - 14V)
G
Approximately 0V
• Heat switch is OFF
59 R/G Heat up switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE H
• Heat switch is ON (11 - 14V)
103 G/OR
[Engine is running]
105 R/B EGR volume control
• Warm-up condition 0.1 - 14V I
109 G/B valve
• Idle speed
115 G/R
106 B
[Engine is running]
112 B ECM ground Engine ground J
• Idle speed
118 B
111 Y/B Glow relay Refer to EC-335.
K
*1: For ZD30DDTi engine models
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003397545 L
Remarks:
l Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. M
CKPS·RPM N
(TDC) • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CMPS·RPM- tion. chometer indication.
PUMP O
COOLAN TEMP/
• Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
S
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III values with the speedom- Almost the same speed as the P
VHCL SPEED SE
eter indication speedometer indication.
FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released 0.40 - 0.60V

ACCEL POS SEN
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: fully depressed Approx. 3.5V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully depressed ON

FULL ACCEL SW
(Engine stopped) Except above OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released CLOSE

ACCEL SW (FC)
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: slightly open OPEN
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released ON

OFF ACCEL SW
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: slightly open OFF
SPILL/V • Engine: After warming up Approx. 13°CA
Intake air temperature
I/C INT/A T/S • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 0°C: Approx. 4V
Approx. 20°C: Approx. 3.5V
Shift lever: Neutral position ON
Except above OFF
the engine ON
Brake pedal: depressed ON
Brake pedal: released OFF
IGN SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
Heat up switch: ON ON
WARM UP SW • Ignition switch: ON
Heat up switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 101 kPa
TURBO BST • Air conditioner switch: OFF
SEN*1 • Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm Approx. 108 kPa
• No-load
DECELER F/CUT • Engine: After warming up Idle OFF
INJ TIMG C/V • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. Approx. 40 - 70%
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
GLOW RLY • Refer to EC-335.
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1 - 54 step
EGR VOL CON/V • No-load Revving engine from idle to 3,200
0 step
• BARO SEN Above 98 kPa rpm
(0.980 bar, 1.00 kg/cm2, 14.2 psi)
Altitude
Approx. 0 m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95 kPa
(0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2, 12.90
BARO SEN • Ignition switch: ON psi)
(0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2, 12.06
psi)
(0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2, 11.36
psi)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle ON
THROT RLY A*2 • Shift lever: Neutral Revving engine from idle to 3,200
OFF
• No-load rpm
EC
*1: For ZD30DDTi engine models.
*2: For ZD30DD engine models.
C

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor
electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear.
Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific mal-
functioning area.
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS

II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0].
IV DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-260, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
>> GO TO 2.
Refer to GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
OK or NG

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
A
EC
P
TBWT2065E
CAUTION:

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch OFF] Approximately 0.25V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
4 OR/L ECM relay (Self-shutoff)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• A few seconds passed after turning ignition switch
(11 - 14V)
OFF
38 W/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
56 G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
61 G (11 - 14V)

EC
TBWH0024E
CAUTION:

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
39 B
43 B
[Engine is running]
106 B ECM ground Engine ground
• Idle speed
112 B
118 B
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 38 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0437E

• Harness connectors M119, F109 (ZD30DD engine models)
• Harness connectors M140, F112 (ZD30DDTi engine models)
• 10A fuse
4.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 39, 43, 106, 112, 118 and engine ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
• Joint connector-1

• Harness for open or short between ECM and engine ground
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II EC
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 56, 61 and ground with
C
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then D
drop to approximately 0V.
PBIB1836E
F
OK or NG
OK >> Check electronic control fuel injection pump power supply circuit.
G
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a 4 seconds.)>>GO TO 12.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III H
K
PBIB0279E
2. Check voltage between relay terminals 2, 5 and ground with L

Voltage: Battery voltage M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. N
PBIB0326E O
Check the following. P
• Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F103 (ZD30DD engine models)
• Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F123 (ZD30DDTi engine models)


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay
12.CHECK ECM RELAY
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 56, 61 and
ECM relay terminal 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. PBIB0279E
NG >> GO TO 14.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 39, 43, 106, 112, 118 and engine ground.

Continuity should exist. A

OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART C
D
• Harness for open or short between ECM and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. E

Refer to EC-286.
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003397550 G
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. H
2. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5, 7 and 6.
Condition Continuity I
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
OFF No J
K
PBIB0439E

DTC 0103 COOLANT TEMP SEN

SEF594K
<Reference data>

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
ture °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.3 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and measured between ECM terminal 19 (Engine
SEF012P
CAUTION:
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)
• An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or
0103 entered to ECM. shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor

2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWH0025E
P

DTC 0104 VEHICLE SPEED SEN
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a

pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the speed-
ometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.
PBIB0281E
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible Cause)
• The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed • Harness or connector
0104 sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driv- (The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
en. • Vehicle speed sensor
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Lift up the vehicle.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels
with suitable gear position.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Lift up the vehicle.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed with combination meter.
The vehicle speed indication should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-
able gear position.

EC
TBWT2066E
P

DTC 0203 ACCEL POS SW (F/C)
The accelerator switch is installed to the accelerator pedal assembly.

The switch senses accelerator position and sends an ON-OFF sig-
nal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel cut oper-
ation at deceleration for better fuel efficiency.
PBIB0282E
• The OFF signal (short) is sent to the ECM for a certain • Harness or connectors
0203 period of time even when the accelerator pedal is not be- (The switch circuit is shorted.)
ing depressed. • Accelerator switch (F/C)

2. Fully depress and fully release accelerator pedal, and then wait 15 seconds.
3. Repeat step 2 at least 25 times.
4. Check DTC.

EC
TBWT2067E
P

DTC 0208 OVERHEAT
DTC 0208 OVERHEAT
This diagnosis continuously monitors the engine coolant temperature.

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). • Cooling fan
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Over- • Radiator hose
heat). • Radiator
• Engine coolant was not added to the system using the • Radiator cap
proper filling method. • Water pump
0208
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range. • Thermostat
• Fan belt
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
For more information, refer to EC-300, "Main 12 Causes
of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MA-25,
"Changing Engine Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil.
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-15, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
WARNING:
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
cause items.
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and check possible
cause items.
AEC640
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Condition

• Blocked bumper
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 88 - 127 kPa (0.88 - 1.27 bar, 0.9
- 1.3 kg/cm2, 13 - 18 psi)

DTC 0208 OVERHEAT
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Condition
A
ON 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower ra- Both hoses should be hot
diator hoses
EC
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • Visual Operating

4 Gas analyzer C
tank idling D
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.2mm (0.008 in) Maximum dis- E
tortion (warping)
piston F
*3: After 60 minutes of cool down time. G

DTC 0301 ECM 2
DTC 0301 ECM 2

input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the engine.
SEC220B
0301 • ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. • ECM

3. Check DTC.

DTC 0401 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct hous- EC
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
PBIB0327E E
<Reference data>
F
ture °C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
*: These data are reference values and measured between ECM terminal 36 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. I

Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
• An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or K
0401 sent to ECM. shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor

L

2. Check DTC. M

TBWT2068E

DTC 0402 P9.FUEL TEMP SEN
A
The ECM and the electronic control fuel injection pump control unit
(abbreviated as the injection pump control unit) perform the real time
communication (signal exchange). C
The ECM transmits the signals of the target fuel injection amount,
target fuel injection timing, and engine speed, etc., and receives the
signals of the pump speed and fuel temperature, etc. from the injec-
tion pump control unit. D
By those signals, the injection pump controls the optimum fuel injec-
tion amount and injection timing of the spill valve and timing control
valve. E
Injection pump control unit has an on board diagnostic system,
SEF437Y
which detects malfunctions related to sensors or actuators built-into
electronic control fuel injection pump. These malfunction information are transferred through the line (circuit)
from injection pump control unit to ECM. F
FUEL INJECTION AMOUNT CONTROL

In accordance with the target fuel injection amount signal from the ECM, the injection amount is controlled by
G
controlling the spill valve in the injection pump and by changing the needle opening time.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING CONTROL
Based on the target fuel injection timing signal from the ECM, the injection timing is controlled in accordance H
with the timer spring by performing the duty control of the timing control valve in the injection pump and by
adjusting the pressure of the timer piston high pressure chamber.
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR I
The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the injection pump and calibrates the injection amount change by
the fuel temperature.
CAMRING POSITION SENSOR J
The sensor detects the passing of the protrusion on the sensor wheel in the injection pump by the semicon-
ductor magnetic resistance element sensor. The camring position sensor synchronizes with the camring, and
detects the actual advance amount. The injection pump control unit measures the injection pump revolution by K
the signal of the camring position sensor.
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible cause)
• An improper voltage signal from fuel temperature sen- • Harness or connectors M
sor (Built-into electronic control fuel injection pump) is (Electronic control fuel injection pump circuit is open or
0402
sent to injection pump control unit. shorted.)
• Electronic control fuel injection pump
N

(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to START for at least 2 seconds.)
3. Check DTC. P

TBWT2069E

DTC 0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR
A
The accelerator position sensor is located at the back of the driver side dash panel. The sensor detects the EC
accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel
to be injected.
The accelerator position switch detects Off-accelerator switch signal and Full-accelerator switch signal and
send these signals to the ECM. The ECM will then determine engine idle conditions. These signals are also C
used for diagnosing the accelerator position sensor.
PBIB0354E
I
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) J
• The relation between sensor and switch signal is not in • Harness or connectors
the normal range during the specified accelerator posi- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0403 tion. • Accelerator position sensor K
• Accelerator position switch
• Accelerator switch (F/C)

2. Depress and release fully accelerator pedal slowly. M
3. Check DTC.
N

RHD MODELS
TBWT2070E

EC
TBWT2071E

LHD MODELS
TBWH0062E

EC
TBWH0063E

DTC 0406 INT AIR VOL
DTC 0406 INT AIR VOL
• Intake air system
• Turbocharger system
• An excessively high voltage from the turbocharger
0406 • Turbocharger boost sensor
boost sensor is sent to ECM when engine is running.
(The Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted.)
NOTE:
If DTC 0406 “INT AIR VOL” displayed with DTC 0905 “TURBO PRESSURE”, perform trouble diagnosis
for DTC 0905 “TURBO PRESSURE” first. (See EC-331.)
2. Drive vehicle.
3. Maintain the engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
4. Check DTC.

DTC 0407 CRANK POS SEN (TDC)
A
The crankshaft position sensor (TDC) monitors engine speed by EC

means of signals from the sensing plate (with three protrusions)
installed to the crankshaft pulley. The datum signal output is
detected at ATDC 70° and sent to the ECM. The sensor signal is
used for fuel injection control and fuel injection timing control. C
SEF231Z E
F
• An improper signal from the sensor is sent to ECM dur- • Harness or connectors
0407 ing engine running and cranking. (The sensor circuit is open.) G
• Crankshaft position sensor (TDC)

H
1. Crank engine for at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed. I
3. Check DTC.
J

TBWH0032E

DTC 0701 P1.CAM POS SEN
A
valve. E
SEF437Y

G
• An improper voltage signal from camring position sen- • Harness or connectors M
sor (Built-into electronic control fuel injection pump) is (Electronic control fuel injection pump circuit is open or
0701
sent to injection pump control unit. shorted.)
N

3. Check DTC. P

TBWT2069E

DTC 0702 P2.TDC PULSE SIG
A
valve. E
SEF437Y

G
• Injection pump control unit input signal [Crankshaft • Harness or connectors M
position sensor (TDC) signal] processing function is (Electronic control fuel injection pump circuit is open
0702
malfunctioning. or shorted.)
N

3. Check DTC. P
4. If DTC 0407 is detected, check possible cause items for DTC 0407.
Refer to EC-313.
If DTC 0702 is detected, check possible cause items.

TBWT2069E

DTC 0703 P3.PUMP COMM LINE
A
valve. E
SEF437Y

G
• Injection pump control unit receives incorrect voltage • Harness or connectors M
signal from ECM continuously. (Electronic control fuel injection pump circuit is open or
0703
shorted.)
N

3. Check DTC. P

TBWT2069E

DTC 0704 P4.SPILL/V CIRC, DTC 0706 P6.SPILL VALVE
A
valve. E
SEF437Y

G
• Spill valve (Built-into electronic control fuel injection • Harness or connectors M
0704 pump) does not function properly. (Electronic control fuel injection pump circuit is open or
0706 shorted.)
N

3. Check DTC. P

TBWT2069E

DTC 0705 P5.PUMP C/MODULE
DTC 0705 P5.PUMP C/MODULE
A
valve. E
SEF437Y

G
0705 • Injection pump control unit does not function properly. • Electronic control fuel injection pump M
N
O
3. Check DTC.
P

DTC 0707 P7.F/INJ TIMG FB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
communication (signal exchange).
tion pump control unit.
valve.
SEF437Y
from injection pump control unit to ECM.
Based on the target fuel injection timing signal from the ECM, the injection timing is controlled in accordance
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CAMRING POSITION SENSOR
detects the actual advance amount. The injection pump control unit measures the injection pump revolution by
• Fuel injection timing control system does not function • Harness or connectors
properly. (Electronic control fuel injection pump circuit is open or
shorted.)
0707 • Electronic control fuel injection pump
• Improper fuel quality
• “INJ TIMING” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-
III.*
*: When using this item, DTC may be detected. If so, erase it because it is not a malfunction.

3. Keep engine speed at more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
4. Check DTC.

EC
TBWT2069E
P

DTC 0802 ECM 10
DTC 0802 ECM 10

SEC220B
• An excessively high or low voltage from the absolute • ECM
0802
pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.

3. Check DTC.

DTC 0804 ECM 11
DTC 0804 ECM 11
A

SEC220B E
F
• ECM input signal processing function is malfunction- • ECM
0804
ing. G
H
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. I

DTC 0902 ECM RLY
DTC 0902 ECM RLY
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible Cause)
• An irregular voltage signal from the ECM relay is • Harness or connectors
0902 sent to ECM. (ECM relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM relay

3. Check DTC.

DTC 0902 ECM RLY
EC
TBWT2072E
P

DTC 0903 ECM 15
DTC 0903 ECM 15

SEC220B
0903 • ECM input signal processing function is malfunctioning. • ECM

3. Check DTC.

DTC 0905 TURBO PRESSURE
A
The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure of the turbocharger EC

air. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure
increases. The turbocharger boost sensor is not used to control the
engine system under normal conditions.
C
MBIB0614E E
MBIB0899E
I
J
• An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
sent to ECM. (The turbocharger boost sensor circuit is open or
0905
shorted.)
K
• Turbocharger boost sensor

2. Check DTC. M

TBWT2073E

DTC 1004 FUEL CUT SYSTEM1
A
valve. E
SEF437Y

G
• Fuel cut control system does not function properly. • Harness or connectors M
1004 (Electronic control fuel circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electronic control fuel

N

2. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed. O
P
4. Check DTC.

TBWT2069E

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
A
ZD30DD ENGINE MODELS EC
TBWT2074E

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
TBWT2075E

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
A
EC
P
TBWT2076E

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
TBWT2077E

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
A
EC
P
TBWT2078E

HEAT UP SWITCH
HEAT UP SWITCH
TBWT2079E

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
EC
P
TBWT2080E

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
TBWT2081E

AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
A
EC
P
TBWT2082E

MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
TBWT2083E

A
EC
TBWT2084E
P

General Specification INFOID:0000000003397639
Unit: rpm
Engine ZD30DD ZD30DDTi
Idle speed 750±25 750±25
Maximum engine speed 4,700 4,300

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
Crankshaft Position Sensor (TDC) INFOID:0000000003397642
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 1,287 - 1,573
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000003397643
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 0.5
EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000003397644
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω 13 - 17

MODIFICATION NOTICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [ZD30 WITH COMMON RAIL]
MODIFICATION NOTICE
EC
• ZD30DDTi with common rail engine has been added.
C

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC
CONSULT-III Items
Reference page
GST*1 (CONSULT-III screen item)
3
ID FLAG*
U1000*2 4 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-401
U1001*2 4 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-401

U1010 4 U1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) EC-402
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 — P0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0008 1 P0008 CMP BACKUP MODE EC-403
P0016 1 P0016 CMP/CKP RELATION EC-404
1 P0048
2 P0047
P0045 TC BOOST SOL/CIRC EC-405
4 P0045
8 P0046
P0087 1 P0087 LOW FUEL PRES EC-406
P0088 1 P0088 HIGH FUEL PRES EC-407
4
P0090 P0090 FUEL PUMP EC-408
8
P0091 2 P0091 FUEL PUMP EC-409
P0093 1 P0093 FUEL LEAK EC-410
1 P0103
P0100 MAS AIR FLOW SEN EC-412
2 P0102
1 P0113
P0110 INTAIR TEMP SEN EC-413
2 P0112
1 P0118
P0115 COOLANT TEMP SEN EC-414
2 P0117
1 P0123
P0120 ACCEL POS SENSOR EC-415
2 P0122
1 P0193
P0190 CR PRES SEN EC-416
2 P0192
P0201 4 P0201 CYL1 INJECTOR EC-417
P0217 1 P0217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-418
1 P0223
P0220 ACCEL POS SENSOR EC-421
2 P0222
P0234 2 P0234 TC SYSTEM EC-422
1 P0238
P0235 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC EC-424
2 P0237

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC
Items A
CONSULT-III Reference page
ID FLAG*3
1 EC
P0262 P0262 CYL1 INJECTOR EC-425
4
1
P0265 P0265 CYL2 INJECTOR EC-425 C
4
1
4 D
1
4
P0299 1 P0299 TC SYSTEM EC-426 E
1 P0335
P0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-428
2 P0336
F
1 P0340
P0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-429
2 P0341
1 G
2
P0380 P0380 GLOW RELAY EC-430
4
H
8
P0400 1 P0400 EGR SYSTEM EC-431
P0401 1 P0401 EGR SYSTEM EC-433 I
P0403 8 P0403 EGR SYSTEM EC-435
1 P0490
J
P0404 2 P0489 EGR VALVE EC-436
4 P0404
1 P0406 K
P0409 EGR SYSTEM EC-438
2 P0405
P0500 8 P0500 VEHICLE SPEED EC-440
L
P0606 — P0606 ECM EC-442
P0607 — P0607 ECM EC-443
1 M
2
P0611 P0611 ECM EC-444
4
8 N
P0638 8 P0638 ETC ACTR EC-445
1 P0643
P0641 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 EC-446 O
2 P0642
1 P0653
P0651 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 EC-447
2 P0652 P
4
P0660 P0660 SWIRL CONT VALVE EC-448
8
P0661 2 P0661 SWIRL CONT VALVE EC-450
P0662 1 P0662 SWIRL CONT VALVE EC-450

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC
CONSULT-III Items
Reference page
ID FLAG*3
1 P0699
P0697 SENSOR PWR/CIRC3 EC-452
2 P0698
P0705 4 P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-58
P0710 4 P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-60
P0720 4 P0720 VEH SPD SE/CIR A/T AT-62
P0725 4 P0725 ENG SPEED SIG AT-64
P0731 4 P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-65
P0732 4 P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-67
P0733 4 P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-69
P0734 4 P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-71
P0740 4 P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-73
P0745 4 P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-75
P0750 4 P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC AT-77
P0755 4 P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC AT-79
P1276 1 P1276 CYL1 CYL4 INJECTOR EC-455
P1277 1 P1277 CYL 2 CYL3 INJECTOR EC-455
P1409 1 P1409 EGR VALVE EC-456
2
P1603 P0603 ECM EC-458
4
P1625 4 P1625 INJ ADJ VAL EC-459
P1705 4 P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-81
P1760 4 P1760 O/R CLUTCH SOL/CIRC AT-82
1 P2103
2 P2102
P2100 ETC MOT EC-460
4 P2100
4 P2101
P2101 8 P2101 ETC MOT EC-461
P2118 1 P2118 ETC MOT EC-462
P2119 1 P2119 ETC ACTR EC-463
P2135 8 P2135 APP SENSOR EC-464
1 P2146
P2146 INJ PWR/CIRC EC-465
8 P0200
1 P2149
P2149 INJ PWR/CIRC EC-465
8 P0200
1 P2229
P2226 BARO SENSOR EC-466
2 P2228
1 P2622
P2620 TP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-467
2 P2621
*1:This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*3: This item is displayed in Freeze Frame Data of CONSULT-III.

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
A
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000003429717
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the EC
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will C
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, D
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-77, "Description".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with E
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc. F
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000003429718 G
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is H
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery nega-
tive cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because I
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned off.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis- J
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM. K
MBIB0625E
N
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely

with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure. O
- Levers (1)
- ECM (2)
- Fasten (A)
- Loosen (B) P
MBIB1645E

PRECAUTIONS
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to IC's.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of IC's, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference

Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-386, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft
position sensor.
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J

PRECAUTIONS
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact. A
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
EC
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump. C
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector. D
G
SEF348N
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. H

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
I
SEF709Y
K
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic L
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away M
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave N
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000003429719
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17550500 Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester
Y-cable adapter
JMBIA1035ZZ
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000003429720
Tool name Description

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor
S-NT705

A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003429721
EC
P
JMBIA1146GB

JMBIA1022ZZ
1. Swirl control valve control solenoid 2. Swirl control valve control actuator
valve
A: To vacuum pump
: Vehicle front
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.

EC
H
JMBIA1013ZZ
1: Turbocharger boost control solenoid 2: Turbocharger boost control actuator

valve I
A: To vacuum pump
: Vehicle front
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose. J


1. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
2. Perform EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear.
3. Perform EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning.

A
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua- EC
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard

C
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
1st/2nd Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st/2nd Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5 D
1st/2nd Trip Freeze Frame data
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5
E
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
DTC 1st trip DTC 2nd trip DTC Freeze Frame data
F
CONSULT-III × × × ×
GST × × × ×
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected G
in three consecutive trips (Three trip detection logic).
Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003429737
H
On board diagnosis (OBD) system of this vehicle has “Three Trip Detection Logic” and “One Trip Detection
Logic”. For which logic each self-diagnosis corresponds with, refer to EC-359, "Emission-related Diagnostic
Information". I
“Trip” of “Three Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which the self-diagnosis is performed while
driving.
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC J
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame Data are stored in the
ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again during the next driving, 2nd trip DTC and 2nd trip Freeze Frame K
Data are stored in the ECM memory and 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame Data are cleared from the
ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <2nd trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again at the third driving, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in
L
the ECM memory and 2nd trip DTC and 2nd trip Freeze Frame Data are cleared from the ECM memory. MIL
illuminates at the same time when DTC is stored. <3rd trip>
In other words, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored and MIL illuminates when the same malfunction
occurs in 3 consecutive trips. M
This is called “Three Trip Detection Logic”.
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in the ECM memory N
and MIL lights up. This is called “One Trip Detection Logic”. Some self-diagnoses will not illuminate MIL when
DTC is stored. (Refer to EC-359, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".) 1st/2nd trip DTC is not stored for
one trip detection logic. O
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS P

DTC
Items CONSULT-III MIL light- Reference
Trip
(CONSULT-III screen item) GST*1 ing up page
ID FLAG*3
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000*2 4 U1000 3 × EC-401
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001*2 4 U1001 1 — EC-401

3 (A/T) × (A/T)
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 4 U1010
1 (M/T) — (M/T) EC-402
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — P0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
CMP BACKUP MODE P0008 1 P0008 3 × EC-403
CMP/CKP RELATION P0016 1 P0016 3 × EC-404
1 P0048
2 P0047
TC BOOST SOL/CIRC P0045 3 × EC-405
4 P0045
8 P0046
LOW FUEL PRES P0087 1 P0087 3 × EC-406
HIGH FUEL PRES P0088 1 P0088 3 × EC-407
4
FUEL PUMP P0090 P0090 3 × EC-408
8
FUEL PUMP P0091 2 P0091 3 × EC-409
FUEL PUMP P0092 1 P0092 3 × EC-409
FUEL LEAK P0093 1 P0093 3 × EC-410
1 P0103
MAS AIR FLOW SEN P0100 3 × EC-412
2 P0102
1 P0113
INTAIR TEMP SEN P0110 3 × EC-413
2 P0112
1 P0118
COOLANT TEMP SEN P0115 3 × EC-414
2 P0117
1 P0123
ACCEL POS SENSOR P0120 3 × EC-415
2 P0122
1 P0193
CR PRES SEN P0190 3 × EC-416
2 P0192
CYL1 INJECTOR P0201 4 P0201 3 × EC-417
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 1 P0217 1 × EC-418
1 P0223
ACCEL POS SENSOR P0220 3 × EC-421
2 P0222
TC SYSTEM P0234 2 P0234 1 — EC-422
1 P0238
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0235 3 × EC-424
2 P0237
1
CYL1 INJECTOR P0262 P0262 3 × EC-425
4

DTC
Items MIL light- Reference A
CONSULT-III Trip
ID FLAG*3
1 EC
4
1
CYL3 INJECTOR P0268 P0268 3 × EC-425 C
4
1
4 D
TC SYSTEM P0299 1 P0299 1 — EC-426
1 P0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 3 × EC-428 E
2 P0336
1 P0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 3 × EC-429
2 P0341
F
1
2
GLOW RELAY P0380 P0380 3 × EC-430
4 G
8
EGR SYSTEM P0400 1 P0400 3 × EC-431
H
EGR SYSTEM P0401 1 P0401 3 × EC-433
EGR SYSTEM P0403 8 P0403 3 × EC-435
1 P0490 I
EGR VALVE P0404 2 P0489 3 × EC-436
4 P0404
J
1 P0406
EGR SYSTEM P0409 3 × EC-438
2 P0405
VEHICLE SPEED P0500 8 P0500 1 — EC-440 K
ECM P0606 — P0606 3 × EC-442
ECM P0607 — P0607 1 — EC-443
L
1
2
ECM P0611 P0611 3 × EC-444
4 M
8
ETC ACTR P0638 8 P0638 3 × EC-445
1 P0643 N
SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0641 3 × EC-446
2 P0642
1 P0653
SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0651 3 × EC-447 O
2 P0652
4
SWIRL CONT VALVE P0660 P0660 3 × EC-448
8 P
SWIRL CONT VALVE P0661 2 P0661 3 × EC-450
SWIRL CONT VALVE P0662 1 P0662 3 × EC-450
1 P0699
SENSOR PWR/CIRC3 P0697 3 × EC-452
2 P0698
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 4 P0705 3 × AT-58

DTC
Items CONSULT-III MIL light- Reference
Trip
ID FLAG*3
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 4 P0710 3 × AT-60
VEH SPD SE/CIR A/T P0720 4 P0720 3 × AT-62
ENG SPEED SIG P0725 4 P0725 3 × AT-64
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 4 P0731 3 × AT-65
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 4 P0732 3 × AT-67
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 4 P0733 3 × AT-69
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 4 P0734 3 × AT-71
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 4 P0740 3 × AT-73
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 4 P0745 3 × AT-75
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 4 P0750 3 × AT-77
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 4 P0755 3 × AT-79
FUEL PUMP P1089 1 P0089 3 × EC-453
FUEL PUMP P1090 1 P0089 3 × EC-454
CYL1 CYL4 INJECTOR P1276 1 P1276 3 × EC-455
CYL 2 CYL3 INJECTOR P1277 1 P1277 3 × EC-455
EGR VALVE P1409 1 P1409 3 × EC-456
2
ECM P1603 P0603 3 × EC-458
4
INJ ADJ VAL P1625 4 P1625 3 × EC-459
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 4 P1705 3 × AT-81
O/R CLUTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 4 P1760 3 × AT-82
1 P2103
2 P2102
ETC MOT P2100 3 × EC-460
4 P2100
4 P2101
ETC MOT P2101 8 P2101 3 × EC-461
ETC MOT P2118 1 P2118 3 × EC-462
ETC ACTR P2119 1 P2119 1 — EC-463
APP SENSOR P2135 8 P2135 3 × EC-464
1 P2146
INJ PWR/CIRC P2146 3 × EC-465
8 P0200
1 P2149
INJ PWR/CIRC P2149 3 × EC-465
8 P0200
1 P2229
BARO SENSOR P2226 3 × EC-466
2 P2228
1 P2622
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P2620 3 × EC-467
2 P2621
*1:This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*3: This item is displayed in Freeze Frame Data of CONSULT-III.
DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC

The number of 1st/2nd trip DTC is the same as the number of DTC.

When a malfunction is detected during 1st trip, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MIL does not illumi-
nate at this time. When the same malfunction is detected in the next trip (2nd trip), 2nd trip DTC is stored in the A
ECM memory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this time. In addi-
tion, DTC is stored in the ECM memory and MIL lights up when the same malfunction is detected during the
following consecutive trip (3rd trip).
EC
The procedure for erasing DTC, 1st trip DTC, and 2nd trip DTC from the ECM memory is described in “EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”.
For malfunctions in which 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed, Refer to “Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.
1st/2nd trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO15031-5. 1st/2nd trip DTC detection occurs without lighting C
up MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down, and erase 1st/2nd trip DTC as specified
with step II of Work Flow, refer to EC-367, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation D
Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, it is
necessary to investigate the cause again.
How to Read DTC and 1st/2nd Trip DTC E
DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC can be read by the following procedures.
With CONSULT-III
With GST
F
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool): Examples: P0016, P0335, P1409, etc.
These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning parts and systems.)
DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III. G
“TIME” data shows how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC.
When DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC has been detected currently, “TIME” becomes “CRNT” or “1t”.
• CONSULT-III displays for DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC become the same. H
• The output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction is still
occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify the malfunction
status. Therefore the use of CONSULT-III (If available) is recommended.
I
FREEZE FRAME DATA
ECM records driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine speed,
vehicle speed, and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data stored together with DTC is called Freeze Frame Data, and is displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. J
Only a set of Freeze Frame Data can be stored in the ECM memory. When ECM records Freeze Frame Data,
and another Freeze Frame Data is generated after that, the first (original) Freeze Frame Data is not updated in
ECM and it remains. K
When the DTC is erased from ECM memory, Freeze Frame Data is erased with DTC. The procedure for eras-
ing DTC is described in “How to Erase DTC”.
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION L
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE: M
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at
least 5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (See EC-348), skip step 1. N
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to AT-15, "OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
O
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
With GST
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at P
least 5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (See EC-348), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to AT-15, "OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
2. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
hours.

- 2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 2nd trip freeze frame data
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000003429741
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When the malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame Data are stored in
the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected during 2nd consecutive trip, 2nd trip DTC and 2nd trip Freeze
Frame Data are stored and 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame Data are cleared.
• When the same malfunction is detected during 3rd consecutive trip, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored
and MIL illuminates. Refer to EC-359, "Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic" for
details.1st/2nd trip DTC and 1st/2nd trip Freeze Frame Data are cleared from the ECM memory.
• MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 5 consecutive times with no malfunction (Driving pattern A).
• 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC, and 1st/2nd trip Freeze Frame Data, Freeze Frame Data will be stored until the vehi-
cle is driven 41 times (Driving pattern B) without the same malfunction recurring. “TIME” data displayed in
the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III shows the number of times the vehicle is driven without
the same malfunction recurring.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Trip Counter Driving Pattern

MIL (goes off) 5 0 A
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (clear) 41 0 B
1st/2nd Trip DTC, 1st/2nd Freeze Frame Data
41 0 B
(clear)
Refer to “<Driving Pattern A>” for details of pattern A and B.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/ 2NDTRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS

EC
JMBIA1147GB
P
*1: When the ECM satisfies driving pat- *2: When the ECM satisfies driving pat- *3: When the ECM satisfies driving pat-
tern A and detects the NG detection, tern A and detects OK detection, the tern A and detects OK detection, the
the NG detection counter is decre- NG detection counter is increment. healing counter is decrement.
ment.
*4: When the ECM detects OK detec- *5: When the ignition switch OFF after *6: When the ECM detects OK detec-
tion and elapses 4 driving cycles, the ECM satisfies driving pattern B tion and elapses 40 driving pattern
the healing counter will be reached and detects OK detection, the delete B, the delete counter will be reached
to 0. counter is decrement. to 0.

*7: When the malfunction is detected *8: When the sam malfunction is detect- *9: When the ECM detects NG detec-
for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st ed during 2nd consecutive trip, 2nd tion, DTC and Freeze Frame Data
trip Freeze Frame Data are stored in trip DTC and 2nd trip Freeze Frame are stored.
the ECM memory. Data are stored and 1st trip DTC and
1st trip Freeze Frame Data are
cleared.
*10: When the detect counter is reached *11: When the same malfunction is de- *12: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
to 0, DTC and Freeze Frame Data tected in 3 consecutive trips, MIL will 5 times (driving pattern A) without
are cleared. light up. any malfunctions.
*13: When the ECM detects 1st/2nd trip *14: When the ECM detects 3rd trip NG *15: When the healing counter is 4, the
NG detection, the time “1t” will be detection, the time “CRNT” will be time “1” will be displayed in the
displayed in the CONSULT-III Self displayed in the CONSULT-III Self CONSULT-III Self diagnostic
diagnostic screen. diagnostic screen. screen.
*16: When the healing counter is 0 and *17: The 1st/2nd trip DTC (pending DTC)
the delete counter is 40, the time “5” is displayed in Service $07 of GST.
will be displayed in the CONSULT-III
Self diagnostic screen.
<Driving Pattern A>

Driving pattern A means the vehicle operation as follows:
Engine speed should go over 500 rpm at least 5 seconds and the DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed.
• The healing counter will be set when the malfunction is detected.
• The healing counter will be decrement when the same malfunction is not detected.
• The MIL will go off when the healing counter reaches 0.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern A and (1)-(3) are satisfied.
PBIB2049E
• The delete counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected.

• The delete counter will be decrement when the same malfunction is not detected.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the delete counter reaches 0.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators. C
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs inter- F

mittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace- G
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
I
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should J
be performed. Follow the “WORK FLOW”.
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
on next page should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1148GB
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
SULTS” is other than [CRNT] or [1t], form EC-397. cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-397. power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-398.
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de-
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the “DI-
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”.
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III) the DTC and the freeze frame data,
then erase the DTC. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
Refer to EC-359.
STEP II
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The “Symp-
tom Matrix Chart” will be useful. Refer to EC-375.) Also check related service bulletins for information.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-397. EC
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC and the
freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode
C
and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC cannot D
be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX. E
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-372. Then perform inspections according to the
Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-375.
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the F
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-III.
STEP VI Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-
III. Refer to EC-386 or EC-394. G
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-397.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and H
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is still
STEP VII
detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to I
EC-359.)
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET

There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of J
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is K
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
L
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
M
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0533
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003429743
chart.
WITH CONSULT-III

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U1000 CAN communication line
• U1001 CAN communication line
EC
• P0008 P0335 Crankshaft position sensor
• P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
• P0100 Mass air flow sensor
• P0110 Intake air temperature sensor C
• P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0120 P0220 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
• P0190 Fuel rail pressure sensor
• P0235 Turbocharger boost sensor D
• P0340 Camshaft position sensor
• P0403 P0606 P0607 P0611 P1603 ECM
• P0409 EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor E
• P0641 P0651 P0697 Sensor power supply
• P1625 Injector adjustment value
• P2226 Barometric pressure sensor
• P2620 Throttle position sensor F
2 • P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• P0090 P0091 P0092 P1089 P1090 Fuel pump
• P0201 P0202 P0203 P0204 P0262 P0265 P0268 P0271 P1276 P1277 P2146 P2149 Fuel injector G
• P0380 Glow relay
• P0400 P0404 P1409 EGR volume control valve
• P0638 P2100 P2101 P2118 P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
• P0660 P0661 P0662 Swirl control solenoid valve H
• P0705 P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0740 P0745 P0750 P0755 P1705 P1760 A/T related sen-
sors, solenoid valves and switches
3 • P0087 P0088 P0093 Fuel system I
• P0234 P0299 Turbocharger system
• P0401 EGR function
J
WITH GST

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

1 • U1000 CAN communication line
• U1001 CAN communication line
• P0008 P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
• P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
• P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor
• P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
• P0403 P0603 P0606 P0607 P0611 ECM
• P0405 P0406 EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 P0698 P0699 Sensor power supply
• P1625 Injector adjustment value
• P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
• P2621 P2622 Throttle position sensor
2 • P0045 P0046 P0047 P0048 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• P0089 P0090 P0091 P0092 Fuel pump
• P0200 P0201 P0202 P0203 P0204 P0262 P0265 P0268 P0271 P1276 P1277 P2146 P2149 Fuel injector
• P0380 Glow relay
• P0400 P0404 P0489 P0490 P1409 EGR volume control valve
• P0638 P2100 P2101 P2102 P2103 P2118 P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
• P0660 P0661 P0662 Swirl control solenoid valve
• P0705 P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0740 P0745 P0750 P0755 P1705 P1760 A/T related sen-
sors, solenoid valves and switches
3 • P0087 P0088 P0093 Fuel system
• P0234 P0299 Turbocharger system
• P0401 EGR function
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
• Headlamp switch is OFF.
• On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only
small lamps.
• Air conditioner switch is OFF.
• Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-8.
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- A
ture.
>> GO TO 2. EC
SEF142I
2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED D
With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector. E
Without CONSULT-III
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.
F
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
G
With CONSULT-III
2. Read idle speed. H
A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)
I
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed. J
M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) K
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Stop engine.
M
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
N
5.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM
Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. O
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN P
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter.
>> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.
10.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BATTERY
Check battery.
OK or NG
OK >> Check charging system.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE A
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-246, "On-Vehicle Service".

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”.
13.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN C
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. D
3. Read idle speed.
A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) E

Without CONSULT-III F
Read idle speed.

G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END H
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector.
2. GO TO 3.
I
SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM J

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM

ENGINE STALL




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
IDLING VIBRATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA

Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 1
Engine coolant temperature
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
circuit
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1
Accelerator pedal position
1 1 1 1
sensor circuit
Crankshaft position sensor cir-
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
cuit
Camshaft position sensor cir-
3 3
cuit
Turbocharger boost sensor
1 1 1
circuit
EGR volume control valve cir-
1 1 1 1
cuit
Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 1
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1
ECM relay (Self shut-off) cir-
1 1 1 1
cuit
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Heat up switch circuit 1 1 1

Cooling fan circuit
lenoid valve circuit
solenoid valve circuit

Turbocharger boost control
Warranty symptom code
Revision: 2007 November

Swirl control valve control so-
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

AA

AT IDLE
DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
AB
WHEN DECELERATING
SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

1
1
AC
KNOCK/DETONATION
1
AD
EC-377
LACK OF POWER
1
1
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
1
1
HI IDLE
AF
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
LOW IDLE
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
AG
IDLING VIBRATION
1
AH

AJ
1 OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

AK

1
1
AL

AM
BLACK SMOKE
1
1

AP
WHITE SMOKE
1
1

HA
[ZD30 WITH COMMON RAIL]
E25
I
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
EC
tor
Fuel pump
Fuel injector
Engine body
EGR system
Air cleaner and duct
Glow control system
Warranty symptom code
Fuel rail pressure relief valve
Revision: 2007 November

Electric throttle control actua-
3
1
3
5
2
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3
1
3
5
2
AA
3
1
3
5
2
3
1
3
5

AT IDLE
3
3
5
1
DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
3
3
5
1
AB
WHEN DECELERATING
3
3
5
1
3
3
5
AC
KNOCK/DETONATION
3
1
3
AD
EC-378
LACK OF POWER
4
4
5
3
1
3
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
4
4
5
3
1
3
HI IDLE
3
AF
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
LOW IDLE
3
3
5
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
3
3
5
AG
IDLING VIBRATION
3
3
3
5
AH

3
3
3
5
AJ
3
AK

3
3
4
5
AL
1
AM
BLACK SMOKE
3
3
3

AP
WHITE SMOKE
3
3

HA
[ZD30 WITH COMMON RAIL]
E25
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
JMBIA0867ZZ
M
1. Glow relay 2. Turbocharger boost control actuator 3. Fuel injector

4. Glow plug 5. Fuel rail pressure sensor 6. Swirl control valve actuator N
7. Swirl control valve control solenoid 8. Electric throttle control actuator 9. Mass air flow sensor
valve (with built in throttle position sensor, (with built in intake air temperature
throttle control motor) sensor)
O
10 Turbocharger boost control solenoid 11 Relay box 12 ECM
. valve . .
13 Fuel pump 14 EGR volume control valve 15 Camshaft position sensor
. . (with built in EGR volume control . P
valve control position sensor)
16 Crankshaft position sensor 17 Engine coolant temperature sensor
. .

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA0868ZZ
1. Camshaft position sensor 2. Crankshaft position sensor
JMBIA0869ZZ
1. Turbocharger boost sensor 2. Front bumper 3. Charge air cooler

: Vehicle front
JMBIA0966ZZ
1. Fuel rail pressure sensor 2. Fuel injector 3. Glow plug

4. Glow plate
: Vehicle front
JMBIA0967ZZ

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. EGR volume control valve 3. Fuel pump A
(with built in throttle position sensor, (with built in EGR volume control
throttle control motor) valve control position sensor)
: Vehicle front
EC
E
JMBIA0968ZZ
1. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 2. Mass air flow sensor 3. Turbocharger boost control actua-
F
valve (with built in intake air temperature tor
sensor)
: Vehicle front
G
J
JMBIA0969ZZ
1. Swirl control valve actuator 2. Swirl control valve control solenoid

valve K
: Vehicle front
JMBIA0970ZZ O
1. A/C relay 2. ECM relay 3. Glow relay

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1149ZZ
1. Heat up switch 2. Stop lamp switch 3. Brake pedal

4. Accelerator pedal 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
TBWT2087E
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TBWT2088E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
TBWT2089E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBIB1626E
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located on the right side under the seat.
2. Remove ECM harness connector.
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
• Levers (1)
• ECM (2)
• Fasten (A)
• Loosen (B)
4. Connect a Y-cable adapter (SST) between the ECM and ECM
harness connector.
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
MBIB1645E

TERMINAL NO. ITEM

Value
Input/ CONDITION
+ - Signal name (Approx.)
Output
101 0 - 14 V
Fuel injector No. 3
(L)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
102 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(L)
at idle.
JMBIA0791GB
202
Output
125 (B)
Fuel injector No. 1 0 - 14 V
(BR)
[Engine is running]
126 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 4
(R/G)
JMBIA0792GB
Sensor ground
108
— (Fuel rail pressure sen- — — —
(B)
sor)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. ITEM
Value A
Input/ CONDITION
Output
Sensor power supply
109 117 EC
(Throttle position sen- — [Ignition switch ON] 5V
(W) (B)
sor)
Sensor power supply
111 140
(Accelerator pedal posi- — [Ignition switch ON] 5V C
(B) (R)
tion sensor 1)
0 - 14 V
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm E
at idle.
112 202 Crankshaft position sen- JMBIA0793GB

Input
(LG) (B) sor (-) F
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
G
H
JMBIA0794GB
Sensor power supply

113 132
(Turbocharger boost — [Ignition switch ON] 5V
(W) (B) I
sensor)
Sensor ground
115
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(R/B)
tion sensor 2) J
Sensor ground
117
— (Throttle position sen- — — —
(B)
sor) K
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running] L
123 202 Turbocharger boost
Output • Warm-up condition
(L/R) (B) control solenoid valve
• Idle speed
M
JMBIA0981GB
Sensor ground
129 N
— (Camshaft position sen- — — —
(PU/R)
sor)
131 Sensor ground
— — — —
(GY) (Sensor shield circuit) O
Sensor ground
132
— (Turbocharger boost — — —
(B)
sensor)
P
Sensor power supply
135 115
(Accelerator pedal posi- — [Ignition switch ON] 5V
(R/L) (R/B)
tion sensor 2)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. ITEM
Value
Input/ CONDITION
Output
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
JMBIA0795GB
136 202 Crankshaft position sen-
Input
(PU) (B) sor (+)
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
JMBIA0796GB
Sensor power supply

137 108
(Fuel rail pressure sen- — [Ignition switch ON] 5V
(W) (B)
sor)
Sensor power supply
138 178 (EGR volume control
— [Ignition switch ON] 5V
(L) (L/R) valve control position
sensor)
[Ignition switch OFF] 1 - 14 V
• For a few seconds after the following con-
ditions are met and ignition switch is turned
EGR volume control OFF.
139 202
valve Output - Warm-up condition
(LG/B) (B)
motor (-) - Start engine and let it idle for 3 minutes.
NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depending on
EGR volume control valve operation. JMBIA0797GB
Sensor ground
140
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(R)
tion sensor 1)
Sensor ground
147
— (Intake air temperature — — —
(G/R)
sensor)
149 0 - 14 V
Fuel injector No. 2
(R)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
151 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(P)
at idle.
JMBIA0791GB
202
Output
173 (B)
Fuel injector No. 3 0 - 14 V
(R/W)
[Engine is running]
174 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 1
(R)
JMBIA0792GB

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. ITEM
Value A
Input/ CONDITION
Output
[Ignition switch ON] 0.4 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.3 - 2.3 V
155 182 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor Input
(G) (L) C
[Engine is running] 1.3 - 2.3 V to 4.0 V
• Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being in-
rpm. creased to about 4,000 rpm) D
[Engine is running]
158 132 Turbocharger boost • Idle speed
Input E
(R) (B) sensor [Engine is running]
Sensor ground
F
159
— (Engine coolant temper- — — —
(L/R)
ature sensor)
0.2 - 4.8 V G
160 147 Intake air temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(SB) (G/R) sensor
air temperature
161 108 Fuel rail pressure sen- • Idle speed
Input
(R) (B) sor [Engine is running]
I
J
[Engine is running] 4.2 V
• Idle speed
163 117
Throttle position sensor Input 4.2 V
(R) (B)
↓ K
[When the engine is stopped]
0.5 V
• Ignition switch: ON → OFF
↓
4.2 V L
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
164 140 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input M
(W) (R) tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
N
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
176 202 O
Fuel pump Output • Warm-up condition
(GY/R) (B)
• Idle speed
P
JMBIA0798GB

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. ITEM
Value
Input/ CONDITION
Output
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
JMBIA0799GB
177 129 Camshaft position sen-
Input
(PU/W) (PU/R) sor
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
JMBIA0800GB
Sensor ground
178 (EGR volume control
— — — —
(L/R) valve control position
sensor)
182 Sensor ground
— — — —
(L) (Mass air flow sensor)
EGR volume control
valve [Ignition switch ON]
184 178
(EGR volume control Input • Warm-up condition 1.0 - 4.2 V
(L/W) (L/R)
valve control position • Idle speed
sensor)
0.2 - 4.8 V
185 159 Engine coolant temper-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with en-
(R/L) (L/R) ature sensor
gine coolant temperature
189 115 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(R/W) (R/B) tion sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch ON] 0V
192 202
Start signal Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(W/G) (B) [Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14 V)
0V
194 202 • Heat up switch: OFF
Heat up switch Input
(R/G) (B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Heat up switch: ON (11 - 14 V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. ITEM
Value A
Input/ CONDITION
Output
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,200 rpm EC
• Engine coolant temperature: 22 - 100°C
(72 - 212°F)
• Intake air temperature: More than 5°C
(41°F)
C
• Atmospheric pressure: More than 90 kPa
0V
195 202 Swirl control valve sole- (0.900 bar, 0.92 kg/cm2, 13.1 psi)
Output • No load
(SB) (B) noid valve D
NOTE:
If the engine continues idle for more than 10
minutes, swirl control valve solenoid valve is
OFF. So depress the accelerator pedal slight- E
ly before measurement.
• Engine speed: Above 3,200 rpm (11 - 14 V) F
• For a few seconds after the following con-
EGR volume control
196 202 ditions are met and ignition switch is turned
(LG/R) (B)
valve Output
OFF.
0 V or Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) G
motor (+)
- Warm-up condition
- Start engine and let it idle for 3 minutes.
201 202 BATTERY VOLTAGE H
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch ON]
(W/B) (B) (11 - 14 V)
202
— ECM ground — — —
(B) I
203 202 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(W/B) (B) (11 - 14 V)
204 J
(B)
205 202 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(W/B) (B) (11 - 14 V) K
206
(B)
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE L
207 202 Clutch pedal position • Clutch pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
Input
(L/W) (B) switch [Ignition switch ON]
0V
• Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed
M
0V
209 202 Park/Neutral position • Shift lever: Neutral
Input
(L/W) (B) switch [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE N
• Shift lever: Except above (11 - 14 V)
219 202
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE O
(W/R) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14 V)
0V
221 202 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input P
(G/Y) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
235 CAN communication Input/
— — —
(R) line Output
236 CAN communication Input/
— — —
(W) line Output

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. ITEM
Value
Input/ CONDITION
Output
242 202 • Cooling fan: Not operating (11 - 14 V)
Cooling fan relay Output
(OR/L) (B) Engine is running]
0V
• Cooling fan: Operating
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0 V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
245 202
ECM relay (self-shutoff) Output switch OFF
(P/L) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14 V)
tion switch OFF
246 202 Electric throttle control [When the engine is stopped]
Output 0 V or Battery voltage (11 - 14 V)
(LG/R) (B) motor (+) • Ignition switch: ON → OFF
0 - 14 V
[When the engine is stopped]

• Ignition switch: ON → OFF
253 202 Electric throttle control
Output NOTE:
(LG/B) (B) motor (-)
The pulse cycle changes depending on valve
operation.
JMBIA0801GB

0V
254 202 • Glow relay: Operating
Glow relay Output
(P/B) (B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Glow relay: Not operating (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON 0V
255 202 (Compressor is operating)
Air conditioner relay Output
(B/W) (B)
Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• A/C switch: OFF (11 - 14 V)
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function INFOID:0000000003429751
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 7 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic test mode Function A

This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an-
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by EC
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-359, "Emission-related Diagnostic
Information".
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which C
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) D
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02) E
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $07)
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
F
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor- G
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE H
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector (1), which is located under
drivers side dash panel near the fuse box cover. I
PBIB3684E
L
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.) M
O
SEF398S

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-
dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
Remarks:
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedome- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
ter indication speedometer indication
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL POS SEN
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95
kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2,
BARO SEN • Ignition switch: ON 12.90 psi)
kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2,
12.06 psi)
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2,
11.36 psi)
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. Atmospheric pressure
TURBO BST SEN • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 100 - 110 kPa
• Engine: After warming up Idle 50 - 70%

TC V/N CONT/V • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,000 rpm 50 - 70%
• No load
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.45 V

ACCEL SEN 2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.4 V
Approximately 0%
(THRTL SEN: Approx. 4,200 mV)
↓
• When the engine is stopped Approximately 100%
ETC OPEN ANGL
• Ignition switch: ON → OFF (THRTL SEN: Approx. 0 mV)
↓
Approximately 0%
(THRTL SEN: Approx. 4,200 mV)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine*1 50 - 100%
EGR/V ANGLE • Air conditioner switch: OFF (EGR V/POS SEN: 2,500 - 4,200
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) mV)
• No load EC
• Engine: After warming up Idle 30 - 40 MPa
ACT CR PRESS • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral C
(M/T) 2,000 rpm 70 - 110 MPa
• No load
Approximately 4,200 mV
(ETC OPEN ANGL: Approx. 0%) D
↓
Approximately 0 mV%
• When the engine is stopped
THRTL SEN (ETC OPEN ANGL: Approx.
• Ignition switch: ON → OFF E
100%)
↓
Approximately 4,200 mV
(ETC OPEN ANGL: Approx. 0%) F
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine*1
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 - 4,200 mV
EGR V/POS SEN
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) (EGR/V ANGLE: 50 - 100%)
G
• No load
INT/A VOLUME • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 200 - 600 mg/st
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine H
TRG INJ QTY 5 - 10 mg/st
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
• No load
I
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indi- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
cation. chometer indication
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III valve with the tachometer indica- Almost the same as half of the ta-
CMPS-RPM J
tion. chometer indication
IGN SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
K
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/
ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON T)
Except above OFF L
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.) M
• Engine: Idle Heat up switch: ON ON
WARM UP SW • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) Heat up switch: OFF OFF
N
Clutch pedal: Fully released OFF O
CLUTCH SW • Ignition switch: ON
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed ON
AIR COND RLY
• Engine: After warming up, idle P
the engine Air conditioner switch: ON
ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Engine coolant temperature: 22 - Engine speed: Below 3,200 rpm*2 ON
100°C (72 - 212°F)
• Intake air temperature: More
than 5°C (41°F)
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
SWRL CON S/V1 (M/T)
Engine speed: Above 3,200 rpm OFF
• Atmospheric pressure: More
than 90 kPa (0.900 bar, 0.92 kg/
cm2, 13.1 psi)
• No load
Engine coolant temperature: Less
OFF
than 99°C (210°F)
COOLING FAN • Engine: Running
Engine coolant temperature: More
ON
than 100°C (212°F)
Glow relay: Not operating OFF
GLOW RLY • Ignition switch: ON
Glow relay: Operating ON
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*1:If the engine continues idle for more than 10 minutes, EGR volume control valve is OFF. So please depress the accelerator pedal
slightly before measurement.
*2: If the engine continues idle for more than 10 minutes, “SWRL CON S/V1” is OFF.

A
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns EC
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on (1st/2nd trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENT REPORT SITUATIONS
D
II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [CRNT] or [1t].
E
IV DTC does not appear during the (1st/2nd trip) DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The diagnostic procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. F
G
1.INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-359, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG L
M

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I

2. Loosen and retighten ground screws.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
2. Check voltage between ECM harness conectors.
ECM
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
202
M144 219 204 Battery voltage
206
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
• 10A fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. Check voltage between ECM harness connectors.

ECM A
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
201
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage
M144 203 202 will exist for a few seconds, then drop approximate-
ly 0V.
205 C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 6. D
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Disconnect ECM relay. E
2. Check voltage between ECM relay harness connector and ground.
ECM relay Ground F

Voltage
Connector Terminal Terminal
1
M148 Ground Battery voltage G
3
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
NG >> GO TO 7.
Check the following. I
• Fuse and fusible link block connector M142
• 30A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuse and fusible link block and ECM relay J
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV K

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 201, 203, 205 and ECM relay terminal 5, ECM terminal
245 and ECM relay terminal 2. L
Continuity should exist. M

OK or NG
N
OK >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ECM RELAY O
Check ECM relay.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. P
Refer to EC-397.
>> INSPECTION END

connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
PBIB1870E

A
D
DTC No.
E
CONSULT-III Trouble diagnosis
DTC detecting condition Possible cause
GST name
ID
FLAG
F
• When ECM is not transmitting or re-
CAN communica- ceiving CAN communication signal of
U1000 4 U1000 • Harness or connectors
tion line OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2
seconds or more. (CAN communication line is open G
or shorted)
• When ECM is not transmitting or re- (Refer to LAN-40, "CAN System
CAN communica- ceiving CAN communication signal oth- Specification Chart".)
U1001* 4 U1001*
tion line er than OBD (emission-related H
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
*: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. I
NOTE: J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. K
L

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. (M/T)

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis. (M/T)
DTC No.
name
ID GST
FLAG
CAN communica- When detecting error during the initial di-
U1010 4 U1010 • ECM
tion bus agnosis for CAN controller of ECM.


DTC P0008 CKP SENSOR
A
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder EC

block front facing the gear teeth of the signal plate installed to the
crankshaft pulley.
the engine revolution. C
JMBIA0782ZZ E
NOTE: F
If DTC P0008 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer to EC-
428, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
G
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ID GST H
FLAG
ECM cannot detect crankshaft posi-
(Crankshaft position sensor cir- I
Engine position system perfor- tion sensor signal, therefore, ECM
P0008 1 P0008 cuit is open or shorted.)
mance controls the engine by camshaft po-
• Crankshaft position sensor
sition sensor signal only.
• Signal plate
J
NOTE:
K
1. Start engine.
L
M

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
• The correlation between crankshaft
• Camshaft position sensor
Crankshaft position - cam- position sensor signal and camshaft
P0016 1 P0016 • Crankshaft position sensor
shaft position correlation position sensor signal is out of the nor-
• Timing chain
mal range.
• Signal plate
NOTE:
• If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0335 (GST: P0335, P0336), first perform trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0335 (GST: P0335, P0336). Refer to EC-428.
• If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0340 (GST: P0340, P0341), first perform trouble diagnosis for
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.

DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls vacuum sig- EC

nal to the turbocharger boost control actuator. By changing the vari-
able nozzle vane opening through the rods, the intake air volume is
adjusted.
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF C
pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air pres-
sure rises.
D
MBIB0626E E
F
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
ID GST
FLAG
Turbocharger boost control so-
1 P0048
lenoid valve circuit high input
H
Turbocharger boost control so- • Harness or connectors
2 P0047
lenoid valve circuit low input An improper voltage is sent to (The solenoid valve circuit is
P0045 ECM through turbocharger boost open or shorted.) I
4 P0045 control solenoid valve. • Turbocharger boost control
lenoid valve circuit/open
solenoid valve
8 P0046 lenoid valve circuit range/perfor- J
mance

K
NOTE:
least 30 seconds before conducting the next test. L
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. M

DTC P0087 FUEL SYSTEM
NOTE:
If DTC P0087 is displayed with DTC P0651 (GST: P0652, P0653), first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
• Fuel pump
• Fuel injector
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Air mixed with fuel
Fuel pressure is lower than the specified
P0087 1 P0087 Fuel rail pressure too low • Lack of fuel
value.
• Fuel rail pressure relief
valve
• Fuel line
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
2. Keep engine speed more than 700 rpm for at least 5 seconds.

A
NOTE: EC
C
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST D
FLAG
• Fuel pump
• Fuel injector E
Fuel pressure is higher than the speci-
P0088 1 P0088 Fuel rail pressure too high • Fuel rail pressure sensor
fied value.
• Fuel line
F
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
2. Check 1st trip DTC. H

DTC P0090 FUEL PUMP
DTC P0090 FUEL PUMP
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
The fuel pump signal is not detected by • Harness or connectors
4
ECM. (The fuel pump circuit is
P0090 P0090 Fuel pump control circuit
An improper voltage is sent to ECM open.)
8 • Fuel pump
through fuel pump.
NOTE:

DTC P0091, P0092 FUEL PUMP
DTC P0091, P0092 FUEL PUMP
A
EC
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST C
FLAG
An excessively low voltage from the sen- • Harness or connectors
P0091 2 P0091 Fuel pump circuit low input
sor is sent to ECM. (The fuel pump circuit is D
An excessively high voltage from the shorted.)
P0092 1 P0092 Fuel pump circuit high input • Fuel pump
sensor is sent to ECM.
E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
2. Check 1st trip DTC. G

NOTE:
If DTC P0093 is displayed with DTC P1089 (GST: P0089), first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P1089 (GST: P0089). Refer to EC-453.
DTC No.
GST name
ID
FLAG
• Fuel pump
ECM detects a fuel system leak. • Fuel rail
(The relation between the output voltage to • Fuel line
P0093 1 P0093 Fuel system leak the fuel pump and input voltage from the • Fuel rail pressure relief valve
fuel rail pressure sensor is out of the normal • Air mixed with fuel
range.) • Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.
NOTE:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not.
If there are any signs, check possible cause items.
If there is no signs, go to next step.
2. Check oil level.
If oil level is above the proper range, check possible cause items.
If oil level is within the proper range, go to next step.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
If fuel leakage is found, check possible cause items.
If fuel leakage is not found, go to next step.
5. Check the fuel rail pressure at the idle speed.
Fuel rail pressure: 30 - 40 MPa

WITH GST
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not.
If there are any signs, check possible cause items.
If there is no signs, go to next step.
2. Check oil level.
If oil level is above the proper range, check possible cause items.
If oil level is within the proper range, go to next step.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
If fuel leakage is found, check possible cause items.
If fuel leakage is not found, go to next step.
4. Select Service $1 mode with GST.
5. Check the fuel rail pressure at the idle speed.

Fuel rail pressure: 30 - 40 MPa A

EC

DTC P0100 MAF SENSOR
DTC P0100 MAF SENSOR
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
PBIA9559J
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the • Harness or connectors
1 P0103
high input sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or
P0100 shorted.)
Mass air flow sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the • Mass air flow sensor
2 P0102
input sensor is sent to ECM. • Intake air leaks
NOTE:
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least seconds.

DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor EC
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
PBIA9559J E
<Reference data>
F
Intake air
25 (77) 2.4 1.800 - 2.200 G
80 (176) 0.8 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 160 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and 147. H
SEF012P
I
J
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
K
FLAG
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively high voltage from the • Harness or connectors
1 P0113
circuit high input sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or
P0110 L
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively low voltage from the shorted.)
2 P0112 • Intake air temperature sensor
circuit low input sensor is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at N
2. Check 1st trip DTC. O

DTC P0115 ECT SENSOR
DTC P0115 ECT SENSOR

SEF594K
<Reference data>

ture °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 185 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and 159.
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the • Harness or connectors
1 P0118
sensor circuit high input sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or
P0115 shorted.)
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the • Engine coolant temperature
2 P0117
sensor circuit low input sensor is sent to ECM. sensor
NOTE:

DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
A

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
C
PBIB1741E E
NOTE: F
G
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST H
FLAG
Accelerator pedal position sen- An excessively high voltage from the • Harness or connectors
1 P0123
sor 1 circuit high input APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or I
shorted.)
P0120
Accelerator pedal position sen- An excessively low voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sen-
2 P0122 sor
sor 1 circuit low input APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 1) J
NOTE: K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. L
M

DTC P0190 FRP SENSOR
DTC P0190 FRP SENSOR
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor as
a feedback signal.
NOTE:
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
Fuel rail pressure sensor cir- An excessively high voltage from the • Harness or connectors
1 P0193
cuit high input sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or
P0190
Fuel rail pressure sensor cir- An excessively low voltage from the shorted.)
2 P0192 • Fuel rail pressure sensor
cuit low input sensor is sent to ECM.
NOTE:

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. C
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
F
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
An improper voltage signal is sent to
P0201 4 P0201
No.1 cylinder fuel injector cir-
ECM through No. 1 cylinder fuel in-
H
cuit open
jector.
P0202 4 P0202 ECM through No. 2 cylinder fuel in- • Harness or connectors I
cuit open
jector. (The fuel injector circuit is
An improper voltage signal is sent to open.)
No.3 cylinder fuel injector cir- • Fuel injector
P0203 4 P0203 ECM through No. 3 cylinder fuel in- J
cuit open
jector.
P0204 4 P0204 ECM through No. 4 cylinder fuel in-
cuit open
jector.
K
L
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N


If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
• Cooling fan does not operate • Cooling fan
properly (Overheat). • Radiator hose
• Cooling fan system does not oper- • Radiator
ate properly (Overheat). • Reservoir tank cap
Engine over temperature
P0217 1 P0217 • Engine coolant was not added to • Water pump
(Overheat)
the system using the proper filling • Thermostat
method. For more information, refer to EC-
• Engine coolant is not within the 419, "Main 12 Causes of Over-
specified range. heating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-34, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-38, "Changing Engine Oil".
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-15, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
• Never remove a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir tank.
• Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
WITH CONSULT-III
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
cause items.
cause items.
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven)
operates.
Be careful not to overheat engine. SEF621W

If OK, go to the following step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
6. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. If the results are NG, check possible cause items.
WITH GST

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
cause items.
EC
cause items.
C
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven)
operates.
Be careful not to overheat engine. SEF621W
4. If NG, check possible cause items. D

If OK, go to the following step.
E
6. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
7. Connect 150 Ω resister to the engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
8. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (motor driven) oper-
F
ates.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
G
SEF882V
I
J
• Blocked condenser K
• Blocked bumper
L
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank
and radiator filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester See CO section.
M
ON*1 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot
lower radiator hoses N
1 7 • Cooling fan • Visual Operating
ON*
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative
tester 4 Gas analyzer O
• Coolant overflow to reservoir tank • Visual No overflow during driving and idling
P
OFF*3 10 • Coolant return from reservoir tank • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank
to radiator
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion
gauge (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston


A

C
PBIB1741E E
NOTE: F
G
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST H
FLAG
Accelerator pedal position sen- An excessively high voltage from the • Harness or connectors
1 P0223
sor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or I
shorted.)
P0220
Accelerator pedal position sen- An excessively low voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sen-
2 P0222 sor
sor 2 circuit low input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 2) J
NOTE: K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. L
M

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
sure rises.
MBIB0626E

NOTE:
• If DTC P0234 is displayed with DTC P0651 (GST: P0652, P0653), first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC P0651 (GST: P0652, P0653). Refer to EC-447.
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
• Turbocharger
• Vacuum pump
Turbocharger overboost condi- Turbocharger boost pressure is
P0234 2 P0234 • Turbocharger boost sensor
tion higher than the target value.
• Turbocharger boost control so-
lenoid valve
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Perform “TC BOOST CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Turn turbocharger boost control valve solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF”, and make sure that turbocharger boost control actuator
rod moves slightly.
• Turbocharger boost control actuator (1)
JMBIA0977ZZ
WITH GST

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
2. Make sure that turbocharger boost control actuator rod moves
slightly when engine is started. A
EC
JMBIA0977ZZ

DTC P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR
DTC P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR
The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.
MBIB0614E
MBIB0899E
If DTC P0235 is displayed with DTC P0651 (GST: P0652, P0653), first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0651 (GST: P0652, P0653). Refer to EC-447.
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
Turbocharger boost sensor cir- An excessively high voltage from the • Harness or connectors
1 P0238
cuit high input sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or
P0235
Turbocharger boost sensor cir- An excessively low voltage from the shorted.)
2 P0237 • Turbocharger boost sensor
cuit low input sensor is sent to ECM.
NOTE:

DTC P0262, P0265, P0268, P0271 FUEL INJECTOR
DTC P0262, P0265, P0268, P0271 FUEL INJECTOR
A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
F
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
1 No. 1 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P0262 P0262 H
4 circuit high input through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector.

P0265 P0265 • Harness or connectors
4 circuit high input through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. I
(The fuel injector circuit is
1 shorted.)
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P0268 P0268 • Fuel injector
J
P0271 P0271

K
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION
M
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. N

DTC P0299 TC SYSTEM
DTC P0299 TC SYSTEM
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
sure rises.
MBIB0626E

NOTE:
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
• Turbocharger
• Vacuum pump
Turbocharger underboost con- Turbocharger boost pressure is low-
P0299 2 P0299 • Turbocharger boost control so-
dition er than the target value.
lenoid valve
• Loose or disconnected vacuum
hose
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Perform “TC BOOST CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Turn turbocharger boost control valve solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF”, and make sure that turbocharger boost control actuator
rod moves slightly.
JMBIA0977ZZ
WITH GST

DTC P0299 TC SYSTEM
2. Make sure that turbocharger boost control actuator rod moves A
slightly when engine is started.
3. If NG, check possible cause items. EC
JMBIA0977ZZ
D

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

block front facing the gear teeth of the signal plate installed to the
crankshaft pulley.
JMBIA0782ZZ
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
Crankshaft position sensor signal is
Crankshaft position sensor cir- (The sensor circuit is open or
1 P0335 not detect by the ECM when engine
cuit shorted.)
is running.
• Crankshaft position sensor
P0335 • Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position sensor signal is (The sensor circuit is open or
Crankshaft position sensor cir-
2 P0336 not in the normal pattern when en- shorted.)
cuit range/performance
gine is running. • Crankshaft position sensor
• Signal plate
NOTE:
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
A
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam- EC
shaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
(CMP) sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls C
of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification sig-
nals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. D
change.
MBIB1532E E
F
DTC No.
G
CONSULT-III
ID GST ECM
FLAG H
Camshaft position sensor signal is
Camshaft position sensor (The sensor circuit is open or
1 P0340 not detect by the ECM when en-
circuit shorted.)
gine is running. I
• Camshaft position sensor
P0340 0340 • Harness or connectors
Camshaft position sensor signal is (The sensor circuit is open or
Camshaft position sensor
2 P0341 not in the normal pattern when en- shorted.) J
circuit range/performance
gine is running. • Camshaft position sensor
• Signal plate

K
NOTE:
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. M
N

DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
An excessively high voltage is sent
1
to ECM through glow relay.
2 An excessively low voltage is sent to (The glow relay circuit is open
P0380 P0380 Glow relay circuit
4 ECM through glow relay. or shorted.)
• Glow relay
An improper voltage is sent to ECM
8
through glow relay.
NOTE:

DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
A
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed C
D
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed*
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control E
valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
F
Barometric pressure sensor Barometric pressure
EGR volume control valve control position EGR volume control valve control po-
sensor sition
G
This system controls the flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the
EGR passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the EGR flow rate. A built-in DC motor
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control H
position sensor detects the valve position and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the cur-
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals and the ECM controls the DC motor to make the valve open-
ing angle properly. I
The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
mined by considering various engine conditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
J
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
• Low engine coolant temperature
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature K
• High engine speed
L
MBIB1824E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION O
EGR Volume Control Valve

The EGR volume control valve consists of valve, actuator and posi-
tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper-
ated by the actuator according to the output signal of the ECM. The
actuator used DC motor and it opens or closes the valve to change
the EGR flow rate.
The EGR volume control valve control position sensor consists of a
permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses the valve shaft movement
and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM.The ECM judges the cur-
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the
DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to driving
conditions.
MBIB1780E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
The EGR volume control valve • Harness or connector
A) closed position is not in the (EGR volume control motor cir-
specified range. cuit is shorted.)
Exhaust gas recirculation • Incorrect EGR volume control
P0400 1 P0400
flow Excessively high duty voltage valve installation
B) signal is sent to the valve for the • EGR volume control valve stuck
specified time. closed
• EGR volume control valve
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operation temperature.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.

A

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed C
D
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control E
valve
F
sensor sition
G
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control H
ing angle properly. I
J
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature K
L
MBIB1824E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION O

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper-
the EGR flow rate.
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the
conditions.
MBIB1780E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
(The EGR volume control valve
circuit is open or shorted.)
Exhaust gas recirculation flow The exhaust gas recirculation flow is
P0401 1 P0401 • EGR volume control valve stuck
insufficient insufficient.
closed
• EGR passage clogged
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
COOLAN TEMP/S 50 - 89 °C (122 - 192 °F)

I/C INT/A T/S 0 - 37°C (32 - 99°F)
BARO SEN More than 90 hPa
P/N POSI SW ON
WITH GST

DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
A

MBIB0625E E
F
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
Engine control module
P0403 8 P0403
(Driver IC)
ECM driver IC is malfunctioning. • ECM H
I
NOTE:
J
K

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control
valve
sensor sition
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control
ing angle properly.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature
MBIB1824E

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper- A
the EGR flow rate.
EC
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the C
conditions.
MBIB1780E
D
E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
F
FLAG
ECM detects DC motor circuit for
Exhaust gas recirculation con-
1 P0490 EGR volume control valve is short
trol circuit high G
to power.
Exhaust gas recirculation con- (EGR volume control motor cir-
P0404 2 P0489 EGR volume control valve is short
trol circuit low cuit is open or shorted.) H
to ground.
Exhaust gas recirculation con-
4 P0404 EGR volume control valve is open
trol circuit open/shorted
or shorted I
NOTE: J
L

DTC P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
DTC P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SEN-
SOR
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EGR volume control
valve
sensor sition
ing angle properly.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
MBIB1824E

DTC P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
the EGR flow rate.
EC
conditions.
MBIB1780E
D
NOTE:
If DTC P0409 is displayed with DTC P0651 (GST: P0652, P0653), first perform the trouble diagnosis for E
DTC No. F
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG G
EGR volume control valve con-
An excessively high voltage from the
1 P0406 trol position sensor circuit high • Harness or connectors
input (The sensor circuit is open or H
P0409
EGR volume control valve con- shorted.)
An excessively low voltage from the • EGR volume control valve
2 P0405 trol position sensor circuit low
input I
NOTE: J
L

DTC P0500 VSS
DTC P0500 VSS
NOTE:
to EC-401.
to EC-402.
communication line.

DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal is (The CAN communication line
P0500 8 P0500 Vehicle speed sensor sent to ECM even when vehicle is is open or shorted.)
being driven. • Wheel sensor
• Combination meter
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Start engine.
3. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should be almost the same speed as speedometer indication with
suitable gear position.
If OK, go to the next step.
CKPS-RPM (TDC) More than 2,000 rpm

TRG INJ QTY More than 20 mg/st
Shift lever Suitable position
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.

DTC P0500 VSS
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels. A
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
EC
The vehicle speed on GST should be almost the same speed as speedometer indication with suitable
gear position.
C

DTC P0606 ECM
DTC P0606 ECM

MBIB0625E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
Engine control module ECM calculation function is malfunc-
P0606 — P0606 • ECM
(Processor) tioning.
NOTE:

DTC P0607 ECM
DTC P0607 ECM
A

MBIB0625E E
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. F

DTC No. G
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG H
Engine control module ECM calculation function is malfunc-
P0607 — P0607 • ECM
(IC error) tioning.
I
NOTE:
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K

DTC P0611 ECM
DTC P0611 ECM

MBIB0625E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
1
2 Engine control module
P0611 P0611 ECM ROM is malfunctioning. • ECM
4 (ROM)
NOTE:

DTC P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
DTC P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor which operates throttle valve, throttle position EC
sensor which detects the opening angle of throttle valve, etc.
Throttle valve is fully opened when the engine is running. The valve is closed only to perform smooth engine
stop when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
Based on the signal from throttle position sensor, ECM judges whether throttle control actuator operates throt- C
tle valve properly or not.
D
DTC No.
E
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
F
The electric throttle control actua-
Electric throttle control actu- • Electric throttle control valve
P0638 8 P0638 tor closed position is not in the
ator range/performance • Electric throttle control valve stuck
specified range.
G
NOTE: H
I
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. J

DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
ECM detects a voltage of power • Harness or connectors
Sensor power supply circuit
1 P0643 source for sensor is excessively (APP sensor 1 circuit is short-
high input
high. ed.)
P0641 • Accelerator pedal position
ECM detects a voltage of power sensor
2 P0642 source for sensor is excessively (APP sensor 1)
low input
low • ECM
NOTE:

A
EC
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST C
FLAG
1 P0653 source for sensor is excessively (EGR volume control valve cir- D
high input
high. cuit is shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor cir-
cuit is shorted.)
P0651 (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit E
Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power is shorted.)
2 P0652 • EGR volume control valve
low input source for sensor is excessively low
F
• ECM

G
NOTE:
least 30 seconds before conducting the next test. H
I

DTC P0660 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Swirl control valve Swirl control valve control
control solenoid valve
Ignition switch Start signal
ECM performs ON/OFF control of the swirl control solenoid valves according to driving conditions. Vacuum
that is controlled by the swirl control solenoid valve activates the swirl control valve actuator. The swirl control
valve actuator fully opens or fully closes the swirl control valves that are located on the intake manifold.
When driving conditions require stable air-fuel mixture and combustion, ECM closes the swirl control valves
that are located on the tangential ports. Intake only occurs through the helical ports and creates strong swirls
(transversal vortexes).
When driving conditions require a large volume of air intake due to high speed or high load, ECM opens the
swirl control valves. Intake also occurs through the tangential ports. Intake resistance reduces and volume of
air intake in the combustion chamber increases. The output performance is maintained.
When all of the following conditions are fulfilled, ECM turns the swirl control solenoid valve ON and closes the
swirl control valves.
• Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm

• Engine coolant temperature: 22 - 100°C (72 - 212°F)
• Intake air temperature: More than 5°C (41°F)
• Atmospheric pressure: More than 90 kPa (0.900 bar, 0.92 kg/cm2, 13.1 psi)
• Except hi load condition
• EGR operating
JMBIA1150ZZ
1 : Helical port 2 : Tangential port 3 : Swirl control valve actuator

4 : Swirl control valve control solenoid 5 : Swirl control valve 6 : Intake valve
valve
7 : Exhaust valve
A : From vacuum pump

A
Swirl Control Valve Control Solenoid Valve
The swirl control valve control solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON
(ground) signal, the solenoid valve is bypassed to apply vacuum pump vacuum to the swirl control valve actu-
ator. This operation closes the swirl control valve. When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal is EC
cut and the swirl control valve opens.
C
DTC No.
D
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
E
4 • Harness or connectors
(The swirl control valve control
Swirl control valve control cir- ECM detects swirl control valve con- solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0660 P0660 F
8 cuit is open/shorted trol circuit is open or shorted. shorted.)
• Swirl control valve control sole-
noid valve

G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
2. Check 1st trip DTC. I

DTC P0661, P0662 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P0661, P0662 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Swirl control valve Swirl control valve control
control solenoid valve
Ignition switch Start signal
ECM performs ON/OFF control of the swirl control solenoid valves according to driving conditions. Vacuum
that is controlled by the swirl control solenoid valve activates the swirl control valve actuator. The swirl control
valve actuator fully opens or fully closes the swirl control valves that are located on the intake manifold.
When driving conditions require stable air-fuel mixture and combustion, ECM closes the swirl control valves
that are located on the tangential ports. Intake only occurs through the helical ports and creates strong swirls
(transversal vortexes).
When driving conditions require a large volume of air intake due to high speed or high load, ECM opens the
swirl control valves. Intake also occurs through the tangential ports. Intake resistance reduces and volume of
air intake in the combustion chamber increases. The output performance is maintained.
When all of the following conditions are fulfilled, ECM turns the swirl control solenoid valve ON and closes the
swirl control valves.
• Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm

• Engine coolant temperature: 22 - 100°C (72 - 212°F)
• Intake air temperature: More than 5°C (41°F)
• Atmospheric pressure: More than 90 kPa (0.900 bar, 0.92 kg/cm2, 13.1 psi)
• Except hi load condition
• EGR operating
JMBIA1150ZZ
1 : Helical port 2 : Tangential port 3 : Swirl control valve actuator

4 : Swirl control valve control solenoid 5 : Swirl control valve 6 : Intake valve
valve

DTC P0661, P0662 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
7 : Exhaust valve
A : From vacuum pump A
Swirl Control Valve Control Solenoid Valve EC
The swirl control valve control solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON
(ground) signal, the solenoid valve is bypassed to apply vacuum pump vacuum to the swirl control valve actu-
ator. This operation closes the swirl control valve. When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal is C
cut and the swirl control valve opens.
DTC No.
CONSULT-III E
ID GST
FLAG
Swirl control valve control cir- An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
F
P0661 2 P0661
cuit low input sensor is sent to ECM. (The swirl control valve control
solenoid valve circuit is short-
Swirl control valve control cir- An excessively high voltage from the ed.) G
P0662 1 P0662 • Swirl control valve control sole-
cuit high input sensor is sent to ECM.
noid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003429975 H
NOTE:
J

DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
1 P0699 source for sensor is excessively (APP sensor 2 circuit is short-
high input
high. ed.)
P0697 • Accelerator pedal position sen-
Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power sor
2 P0698 (APP sensor 2)
low input source for sensor is excessively low
• ECM
NOTE:

DTC P1089 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1089 FUEL PUMP
A
NOTE: EC
C
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST D
FLAG
• Fuel pump
• Fuel injector E
Fuel pressure is lower than the target val- • Air mixture with fuel
P1089 1 P0089 Fuel pump performance
ue. • Lack of fuel
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve F
NOTE: G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. I

DTC P1090 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1090 FUEL PUMP
NOTE:
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
Fuel pressure is higher than the target val- • Fuel pump
P1090 1 P0089 Fuel pump performance
ue. • Fuel rail pressure sensor
NOTE:
2. Let engine idle for at least 10 seconds.

DTC P1276, P1277 FUEL INJECTOR
DTC P1276, P1277 FUEL INJECTOR
A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
F
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
No. 1 or 4 cylinder fuel in- ECM detects the No.1 or 4 cylinder fuel in- • Harness or connectors
P1276 1 P1276
jector circuit low input jector circuit is short to ground.
H
(The fuel injector circuit is
No. 2 or 3 cylinder fuel in- ECM detects the No. 2 or 3 cylinder fuel in- shorted.)
P1277 1 P1277 • Fuel injector
jector circuit low input jector circuit is short to ground.
I
NOTE:
J
TESTING CONDITION
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F). K

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EGR volume control
valve
sensor sition
ing angle properly.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
MBIB1824E

the EGR flow rate.
EC
conditions.
MBIB1780E
D
NOTE:
If DTC P1409 is displayed with DTC P0651 (GST: P0652, P0653), first perform the trouble diagnosis for E
DTC No. F
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG G
The EGR volume control valve
EGR volume control valve • EGR volume control valve
P1409 1 P1409 closed position is not in the specified
does not operate properly • EGR volume control valve stuck
range. H
NOTE: I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature J
K
L

DTC P1603 ECM
DTC P1603 ECM

MBIB0625E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
2 Engine control module
P1603 P0603 ECM ROM is malfunctioning. • ECM
4 (ROM)
NOTE:

DTC P1625 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
DTC P1625 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
A
Injector adjustment value (1) indicates manufacturing tolerance and EC

the value is printed on the top of fuel injector. (Example: C1TGMA)
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is
needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when C
there is a mismatch between the following two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the fuel injector which is installed D
on the vehicle
JMBIA1004ZZ E
F
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
• Injector adjustment value
Injector adjustment value Injector adjustment value is not stored in (Injector adjustment value
H
P1625 4 P1625
data uninput ECM. has not been written onto
ECM memory yet.)
I
NOTE:

Throttle control motor is operated by ECM and it opens throttle valve.

Based on the signal from throttle position sensor, ECM judges whether throttle control actuator operates throt-
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
ECM detects throttle control motor
Throttle control motor circuit
1 P2103 circuit for electric throttle control
high
actuator is short to power.
ECM detects throttle control motor • Harness or connectors
2 P2102 circuit for electric throttle control (Throttle control motor circuit is open
low
P2100 actuator is short to ground. or shorted.)
ECM detects throttle control motor • Electric throttle control actuator
Throttle control motor circuit (Throttle control motor)
4 P2100 circuit for electric throttle control
open
actuator is open.
Throttle control motor circuit ECM detects throttle control motor
4 P2101
range/performance internal circuit is open or short.
NOTE:

A
Throttle control motor is operated by ECM and it opens throttle valve. EC

tle valve properly or not. C
NOTE: D
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2118. Refer toEC-
462, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
ID GST
FLAG
The ECM internal circuit for driv- • Harness or connectors
ing the electric throttle control (Throttle control motor circuit is open G
P2101 8 P2101 valve does not function properly or shorted.)
range/performance
due to high temperature or exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
sive current. (Throttle control motor) H
NOTE: I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.

Throttle control motor is operated by ECM and it opens throttle valve.

DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
(Throttle control motor circuit is short-
ed.)
Excessively high duty voltage sig-
• Electric throttle control valve stuck
P2118 1 P2118 Throttle control motor nal is sent to the valve for the
open or stuck close
specified time.
• Electric throttle control position sensor
NOTE:

A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor which operates throttle valve, throttle position EC
sensor which detects the opening angle of throttle valve, etc.
Based on the signal from throttle position sensor, ECM judges whether throttle control actuator operates throt- C
D
E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
ID GST
FLAG
P2119 1 P2119 Throttle control actuator does not function properly due to • Electric throttle control actuator G
the return spring malfunction.

H
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.
J


PBIB1741E
NOTE:
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
The correlation between APP sen- (The APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is
Accelerator pedal position sen-
P2135 8 P2135 sor 1 signal and APP sensor 2 signal open or shorted.)
sor 1, 2 signal correlation
is out of the normal range. • Accelerator pedal position sen-
sor (APP sensor 1 or 2)
NOTE:
2. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
F
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
No.1 and 4 cylinder fuel in- ECM detects the No.1 or 4 cylin-
1 P2146 jector power supply circuit der fuel injector power supply cir-
H
high or low input cuit is shorted.
P2146
ECM detects the fuel injector pow-
Fuel injector power supply
8 P0200 er supply circuit is open or short- • Harness or connectors I
circuit open/shorted
ed. (The fuel injector circuit is
No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel in- ECM detects the No.2 or 3 cylin- open or shorted.)
1 P2149 jector power supply circuit der fuel injector power supply cir- • Fuel injector
J
high or low input cuit is shorted.
P2149
ECM detects the fuel injector pow-
Fuel injector power supply
8 P0200 er supply circuit is open or short-
circuit open/shorted
ed.
K
L
NOTE:
M
TESTING CONDITION
N
O

DTC P2226 BARO SENSOR
DTC P2226 BARO SENSOR
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
MBIB0625E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III
ID GST
FLAG
An excessively high voltage from the
Barometric pressure sensor
1 P2229 barometric pressure sensor (built-
circuit high input
into ECM) is sent to ECM.
P2226 • ECM
An excessively low voltage from the
Barometric pressure sensor
2 P2228 barometric pressure sensor (built-
circuit low input
into ECM) is sent to ECM.
NOTE:

DTC P2620 TP SENSOR
DTC P2620 TP SENSOR
A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of the following two components, throttle control motor with gear EC
which operates throttle valve, throttle position sensor which detects throttle position sensor.
Throttle position sensor detects the opening angle of throttle valve and converts the angle into a voltage sig- C
nal. Based on the signal, ECM judges whether throttle control actuator operates throttle valve properly or not.
D
NOTE:
If DTC P2620 is display with DTC P0697 (GST: P0698, P0699), first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0697 (GST: P0698, P0699). Refer to EC-452, "On Board Diagnosis Logic". E
DTC No.
CONSULT-III F
ID GST
FLAG
Throttle position sensor cir- An excessively high voltage from • Harness or connector
G
1 P2622
cuit high the sensor is sent to ECM. (Throttle position sensor circuit is
P2620 open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor cir- An excessively low voltage from • Electric throttle control actuator
2 P2621 H
cuit low the sensor is sent to ECM. (Throttle position sensor)
I
NOTE:
J
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. K

General Specification INFOID:0000000003430053
A/T No load* (in P or N position)

Target idle speed 750±25 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
A/T In P or N position
Air conditioner: ON 825±25 rpm
M/T In Neutral position
A/T No load* (in P or N position)
Maximum engine speed 4,300±100 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
• Heat up switch: OFF
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14 V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.3 - 2.3 V *
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000003430057
Supply voltage Approximately 5 V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.0 - 1.6 V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
2.0 - 2.7 V
ture.)
Resistance [at 20 - 70°C (68 - 158°F)] 0.2 - 0.3 Ω

Glow Plug INFOID:0000000003430059
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.8 Ω

EC
EGR Volume Control Valve Motor INFOID:0000000003430060
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Less than 100 Ω C
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000003430061
D
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 500 - 600 Ω
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000003430063 E
Resistance [at 20 - 40°C (68 - 104°F)] 2.6 - 3.5 Ω

F

Ec PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ec PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Revision: 2007 November EC-1 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-2 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-3 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-4 E25

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ................................. 235 MODIFICATION NOTICE ................................ 249

Revision: 2007 November EC-5 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-6 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-7 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-8 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-9 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-10 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-11 E25

Check the vehicle type to confirm the service information in EC section.

Vehicle type Service information

Revision: 2007 November EC-12 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-13 E25

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 P0500 0500 2 × EC-113

DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000003397206

Revision: 2007 November EC-14 E25

U1001 1001*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-76

P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-88

Revision: 2007 November EC-15 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-16 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-17 E25

Refer to EC-17, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

Revision: 2007 November EC-18 E25

Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard

Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003397210

MIL DTC 1st trip DTC

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst N

Revision: 2007 November EC-19 E25

Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003397211

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

DTC*1 Test Valve/

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — — × EC-76

Revision: 2007 November EC-20 E25

DTC*1 Test Valve/

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 P0500 0500 — — × EC-113 E

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — — × EC-142

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

Revision: 2007 November EC-21 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-22 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-23 E25

SRT Set Timing

Revision: 2007 November EC-24 E25

How to Display SRT Code

Revision: 2007 November EC-25 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-26 E25

Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max.

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

Revision: 2007 November EC-27 E25

Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

Revision: 2007 November EC-28 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-29 E25

EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-

Revision: 2007 November EC-30 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-31 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-32 E25

Revision: 2007 November EC-33 E25

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. .

700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)